Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Preferred Bank

Preferred Bank

pfbc · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pfbc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 323
← All annual reports
FY2006 Annual Report · Preferred Bank
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
Washington, D.C. 20429

FORM 10-K

Mark One
È ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006

or

‘ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from

to

.

PREFERRED BANK

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

California
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

33539
(FDIC Certificate Number)

601 S. Figueroa Street, 20th Floor, Los Angeles, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

95-4340199
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

90017
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (213) 891-1188
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

NONE

Name of each exchange
on which registered

NONE

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, No Par Value
(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities

Act. Yes ‘ No È

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes ‘ No È

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes È No ‘

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 or Regulation S-K is not contained herein,
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. È

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filed, or a non-accelerated filer.

See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filed ‘

Accelerated filer È

Non-accelerated filer ‘

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act) Yes ‘ No È
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed

by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently
completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2006) was $365,615,053

Number of shares of common stock of the Registrant outstanding as of March 29, 2007, was 10,414,132.
The following documents are incorporated by reference herein:

Document Incorporated By Reference

Part of Form 10-K
Into Which Incorporated

Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed within 120 days
of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part III

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUSINESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 1B. UNRESLOLVED STAFF COMMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 2.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 3.
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 4.
PART II
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ITEM 6.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES OF MARKET RISKS . . . . . . . . .
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 8.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
ITEM 9.

AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
ITEM 12.
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIGNATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

1
1
27
36
36
37
37
38

38
41

43
65
65

65
66
69
70
70
70

70
71
71
72
72
100

i

PART I

Certain matters discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may constitute forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and Section 21E
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and as such, may involve risks and
uncertainties. These forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, expectations of the environment in
which the Bank operates and projections of future performance. The Bank’s actual results, performance, or
achievements may differ significantly from the results, performance, or achievements expected or implied in
such forward-looking statements. For discussion of some of the factors that might cause such differences, see
“Item 1. BUSINESS—Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results.”

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

We are one of the largest independent commercial banks in California focusing on the Chinese-American

market. We consider the Chinese-American market to encompass individuals born in the United States of
Chinese ancestry, ethnic Chinese who have immigrated to the United States and ethnic Chinese who live abroad
but conduct business in the United States.

We commenced operations in December 1991 as a California state-chartered bank in Los Angeles,
California with initial capital of $20 million. At December 31, 2006, total assets were $1.3 billion, loans and
leases were $997.3 million, deposits were $1.2 billion and shareholders’ equity was $145.9 million. Net income
per share on a diluted basis was $2.21 for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to $1.65 per share for
the year ended December 31, 2005.

We provide personalized deposit services as well as real estate finance, commercial loans and trade finance

to small and mid-sized businesses and their owners, entrepreneurs, real estate developers and investors,
professionals and high net worth individuals. We believe we have benefited, and will continue to benefit from the
significant migration to Southern California of ethnic Chinese from China and other areas of East Asia. We
estimate that at December 31, 2006, approximately 66% of our non-governmental deposits and 22% of our loans
were with customers from the Chinese-American market. While our business is not solely dependent on the
Chinese-American market, it represents an important element of our operating strategy, especially for our branch
network and deposit products and services.

On February 17, 2005, we completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of 3,657,000 shares of our common

stock at $25.33 per share in a firm commitment underwritten offering. The number of shares sold included
477,000 shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option. Of the 3,657,000 shares
sold, Preferred Bank sold 1,478,433 shares and 2,178,567, shares were sold by certain selling shareholders. The
net proceeds to us from our IPO of common stock were approximately $35 million (before expenses). The
number of shares and per share data has been adjusted to reflect our February 20, 2007 three-for-two stock split
effected in the form of a dividend.

We had used the net proceeds from our IPO for general corporate purposes, working capital, financing

internal growth, and expanding of new branches and loan portfolios.

Our main office is located at 601 S. Figueroa Street, 20th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017 and our telephone
number is (213) 891-1188. Our internet address is www.preferredbank.com. On our Investor Relations website,
which can be accessed through www.preferredbank.com, we post the following filings as soon as reasonably
practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation: our annual report
on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K, our proxy statement related
to our annual stockholders’ meeting and any amendments to those reports or statements filed or furnished

1

pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. All such filings on our Investor
Relations website are available free of charge. The reference to our website address does not constitute
incorporation by reference of the information contained in the website and should not be considered part of this
document. A copy of our Code of Personal and Business Conduct, including any amendments thereto or waivers
thereof and Board Committee Charters can also be accessed on our website. We will provide, at no cost, a copy
of our Code of Personal and Business Conduct and Board Committee Charters upon request by phone or in
writing at the above phone number or address, attention: Edward J. Czajka, Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer.

Our Customers

We provide a range of deposit and loan products and services to customers primarily within the following

categories:

•

Real Estate Finance—consisting of investors and developers within the real estate industry and of
owner-occupied properties in Southern California. We do not typically provide single-family
residential mortgages. We provide construction loans and mini-permanent (“mini-perm”) loans for
residential, commercial, industrial and other income producing properties. A portion of our real estate
loans are to borrowers who are also international trade finance customers.

• Middle Market Business—consisting of manufacturing, service and distribution companies with annual

sales of approximately $5 million to $100 million and with borrowing requirements of up to
approximately $12 million. We offer a range of lending products to customers in this market, including
working capital loans, equipment financing and commercial real estate loans. Additionally, we provide
a full range of deposit products and related services including safe deposit boxes, account
reconciliation, courier service and cash management services.

•

•

•

International Trade Finance—consisting of importers and exporters based in the U.S. requiring both
borrowing and operational products. We offer a full range of products to international trade finance
customers, including commercial and standby letters of credit, acceptance financing, documentary
collections, foreign draft collections, international wires and foreign exchange.

Private Banking—consisting of wealthy individuals residing in the Pacific Rim area with residences,
real estate investments or businesses in Southern California. We offer all of our banking products and
services to this segment through our multi-lingual team of professionals knowledgeable in the business
environment and financial affairs of Pacific Rim countries. We believe our language capabilities
provide us with a competitive advantage.

Professionals—consisting generally of physicians, accountants, attorneys, business managers and other
professionals. We provide specialized personal banking services to customers in this segment including
courier service, several types of specialized deposit accounts and personal and business loans as well as
lines of credit.

• We provide a fully operating traditional internet banking system with bill pay services for these

customers

Our Market

From our main office in downtown Los Angeles, California and full-service branch banking offices in Los

Angeles and Orange Counties, we market our services and conduct our business primarily in Los Angeles,
Orange, Ventura, Riverside and San Bernardino counties.

We believe that Chinese-Americans continue to be the largest Asian ethnic group in Los Angeles County.

According to the U.S. Census 2000, between 1990 and 2000, the Chinese-American population in the United
States grew by approximately 48% with 40% of all Chinese-Americans living in California. During this same

2

period, it is estimated that the Chinese-American population in Los Angeles grew by 34%. According to the U.S.
Census Bureau, as of 2003, 364,469 or approximately 30% of Asian-Americans living in Los Angeles County
were Chinese-Americans (excluding Taiwanese).

We believe that continuing consolidation of banks generally in Southern California, and among the banks
serving the Chinese-American market in particular, has created an underserved market of small and mid-sized
businesses, real estate developers and investors and high net worth depositors that we can continue to attract as
customers.

We believe we are well positioned to compete effectively with the Chinese-American community banks, the
larger commercial banks and major publicly listed and foreign bank-owned Chinese banks operating in Southern
California by offering the following:

•

•

•

deposit and cash management services to high net worth depositors with a high degree of personal
service and responsiveness;

experienced, multi-lingual management team and staff who have an understanding of Asian markets
and cultures who we believe can provide sophisticated credit solutions faster and more efficiently and
with a higher degree of personal service than what is provided by our competition; and

loan products to customers requiring credit of a size in excess of what can be provided by our smaller
competitors.

Our Strategy

We strive to continue operating as a high performing community bank for the long-term benefit of our

shareholders, customers and employees. The key elements of our growth and operating strategy are to:

Growth Strategies

•

•

•

•

•

Continue to grow our real estate lending activities by providing competitive commercial real estate
loans, construction loans and other real estate loans. We believe that we will have the ability to
originate larger loans to new and existing customers.

Expand our franchise by establishing new branches in Southern California. We may open additional
branches by the end of 2007.

Expand our commercial lending relationships in an effort to increase our noninterest bearing deposit
accounts and our noninterest income. We expect to enhance our commercial loan portfolio by
expanding existing customer relationships, as well as by devoting additional marketing resources to the
Chinese-American and main stream business community in Southern California.

Expand our portfolio of products and services to high net worth customers who we believe prefer to
address their deposit and credit needs in a personal manner with experienced, efficient and service-
oriented bank officers.

Hire and retain experienced and qualified employees to support our planned expansion of our business
activities.

Operating Strategies

• Maintain high asset quality independent of production goals by continuing to utilize rigorous loan

underwriting standards and credit risk management policies.

•

Access capital markets as needed and enhance our equity-based compensation programs through the
increased liquidity provided by being a public company.

3

•

•

Increase revenue opportunities by increasing our investments in higher yielding floating rate loans and
investment securities and reducing the percentage of our investments in federal funds sold and other
overnight investments.

Increase our operating leverage by:

•

•

expanding sources of funding in addition to deposits to fund our loan and securities portfolios,
such as borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank system;

changing the mix of our securities and loan portfolios to reduce the effect of regulatory asset risk
weighting consistent with our yield parameters to permit additional asset growth without requiring
additional capital; and

Our Lending Activities

We originate a variety of types of loans, most of which fall into the following four categories:

•

•

•

•

Real estate mini-perm loans;

Real estate construction loans;

Commercial loans; and

Trade finance.

In addition to these loan types, we make a small amount of consumer loans principally as an

accommodation to our business customers. We also utilize our relationships within the banking industry to
purchase and sell participations in loans that meet our underwriting criteria. As of December 31, 2006, we had a
total of $190.4 million in purchased loans and $50.0 million in loans that we sold. We manage our loan portfolio
to provide for an adequate return, but also to provide a diversification of risk.

We originate our loans from our eleven banking offices in Los Angeles, Orange, and San Bernardino
counties. For mini-perm and construction loans, we rely on referrals from existing clients who are real estate
investors and developers as well as internal business development efforts. For our commercial and trade finance
lending, we seek referrals from existing banking clients as well as referrals from professionals, such as certified
public accountants, attorneys and business managers.

At December 31, 2006, 85% of our loans carried interest rates that adjust with changes in the Prime Rate,

13% carried interest rates tied to LIBOR or other indices and 2% carried a fixed rate. Approximately 37% of our
loan portfolio has an interest rate floor.

4

The following table sets forth information regarding our four major loan categories:

Real Estate Mini-Perm
Portfolio size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Number of loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average loan size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average LTV(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average DCR(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weighted average rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Real Estate Construction
Portfolio size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Number of loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average loan size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average LTV(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weighted average rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commercial Loans
Portfolio size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Number of loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average loan size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weighted average rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Trade Finance
Portfolio size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Number of loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average loan size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weighted average rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

At December 31, 2006

(Dollars in thousands)

$

$438,280
206
2,128
54.02%
1.70%
8.89%

$271,021
101
2,683
59.96%
9.14%

$

$201,385
390
516
8.25%

$

$ 86,067
126
683
8.46%

$

(1) Average loan-to-value, or LTV, is calculated based upon a weighted average of outstanding principal loan balances (for mini-perm

loans) or commitment (for construction loans) divided by the most recent third party appraisal reports. Third party appraisal reports are
only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made.

(2) Average debt coverage ratio, or DCR, is calculated based upon the net operating income of the property divided by the debt service.

We had 183 loans with outstanding principal balances between $1 million to $5 million, 29 loans with

outstanding balances between $5 million and $10 million, and 18 loans over $10 million as of December 31,
2006.

Real Estate Mini-Perm Loans

Real estate mini-perm loans secured by retail, office and residential multi-family properties have been the
fastest growing segment of our loan portfolio and comprise 44% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2006.
We believe the primary reason for this growth is strong demand for commercial and residential multi-family real
estate in Southern California. We seek diversification through maintaining a broad base of borrowers and
monitoring our exposure to various property types.

5

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our real estate mini-perm portfolio by property type:

Property Type

At December 31, 2006

Percentage of Loans in Each
Category in Total Loan
Portfolio

Amount

(Dollars in thousands)

Commercial/Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Apartment 4+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residential 1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Land/Special purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 75,456
67,857
64,594
25,019
52,043
153,311

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$438,280

7.56%
6.80
6.48
2.51
5.22
15.37

43.94%

The following table sets forth the maturity of our real estate mini-perm loan portfolio:

At December 31, 2006

1-Year

2-Years

Less than

3-Years

4-Years

5-Years

More than
5-Years

Total
Outstanding
Balance

$166,075

$53,562

$51,948

(In thousands)
$59,294

$45,001

$62,400

$438,280

Loan Origination. The loan origination process for mini-perm loans begins by a loan officer collecting
preliminary property information and financial data from a prospective borrower. After a preliminary deal sheet
is prepared and approved by management, the loan officer collects the necessary third party reports such as
appraisals, credit reports, environmental assessments and preliminary title reports as well as detailed financial
information. We utilize third party appraisers from an appraiser list approved by our Board of Directors’ loan
committee. From that list, appraisers for loans under $1.2 million are selected by the individual loan officer,
appraisers for loans between $1.2 million and $3.0 million are selected by the loan officer with the concurrence
of the Chief Credit Officer and appraisers for loans over $3.0 million are selected by the Chief Credit Officer.

All appraisals for loans over $1.2 million are reviewed by an additional outside appraiser. Appraisals for

loans under that amount are reviewed by internal staff. A credit memorandum is then prepared by summarizing
all third party reports and preparing an analysis of the adequacy of primary and secondary repayment sources;
namely the property DCR and LTV as well as the outside financial strength and cash flow of the borrower or
guarantor(s). This completed credit memorandum is then submitted to an officer or committee having the
appropriate authority for approval. For further information on our different levels of authority, see “—Loan
Authorizations” below.

Once a loan is approved by the appropriate authority level, loan documents are drawn by our note
department, which also funds the loan when approval conditions are met. On larger, relatively complex
transactions, loan documents are prepared or reviewed by outside legal counsel.

Underwriting Standards. Our principal underwriting standards for real estate mini-perm loans are as

follows:

• Maximum LTV of 80%-85%, depending on the property type. However, our practice is to lend at more

conservative levels.

• Minimum DCR of 1.2-1.25, depending on the property type.

•

Requirements of personal guarantees from the principals of closely-held entity.

6

Monitoring. We monitor our mini-perm portfolio in different ways. First, on loans over $2 million, we
conduct site inspections and gather rent rolls and operating statements on the subject properties at least annually.
Using this information, we evaluate a given property’s ability to service present payment requirements, and we
perform “stress testing” to evaluate the property’s ability to service debt at higher debt levels. Second, on an
annual basis, we request updated financial information from our borrowers and/or guarantors to monitor their
financial capacity.

The vast majority of our mini-perm loans carry a five year maturity. However, it has been our practice to

renew these loans for additional five-year periods based on a satisfactory payment record and an updated
underwriting profile.

Real Estate Construction

We are an active construction lender with construction loans comprising 27% of the total loan portfolio as
of December 31, 2006. Construction loans are typically short-term loans of up to 18 months for the purpose of
funding the costs of constructing a building. Outstanding construction loans by property type are summarized as
follows:

Property Type

At December 31, 2006

Percentage of Loans in Each
Category in Total Loan
Portfolio

Amount

(Dollars in thousands)

Commercial/Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For sale attached residential
For sale detached residential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Apartment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Land/Special purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 11,477
11,596
2,612
133,302
56,673
41,952
13,409

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$271,021

1.15%
1.16
0.26
13.36
5.68
4.21
1.35

27.17%

Loan Origination. The origination process for construction loans is identical to our real estate mini-perm
origination process described above under “—Real Estate Mini-Perm Loans—Loan Origination,” but with an
additional step. We generally require a third party review of the developer’s proposed building costs.

Underwriting Standards. Our underwriting standards for construction loans are identical to those described

above under “—Real Estate Mini-Perm Loans—Underwriting Standards.” For the for-sale-housing projects,
however, the DCR requirement is not applicable. In addition, we require that the construction loan applicant has
proven experience in the type of project we are considering. Finally, notwithstanding the maximum 80%-85%
LTV discussed above under “—Real Estate Mini-Perm Loans—Underwriting Standards,” we generally require a
maximum 70% LTV for construction loans.

Monitoring. The monitoring of construction loans is accomplished under the supervision of our Chief Credit
Officer. We engage third-party inspectors to report on the percentage of project completion as well as to evaluate
whether the project is proceeding at an acceptable pace. The third-party inspector also recommends whether we
should approve or disapprove disbursement request amounts. The third-party inspector produces monthly reports
on each project that contain the evaluation and recommendation for each project. The Chief Credit Officer
reviews each report and makes a final determination regarding the disbursement requests. All approved
disbursements are funded by the centralized note department.

7

Commercial Loans

We offer a variety of commercial loan products including lines of credit for working capital, term loans for

capital expenditures and commercial and stand-by letters of credit. As of December 31, 2006, we had $201.4
million of commercial loans outstanding, which represented 20% of the overall loan portfolio. Lines of credit
typically have a 12 month commitment and are secured by the borrower’s assets. In cases of larger commitments,
an updated certificate from the borrower may be required to determine eligibility at the time of any given
advance. Term loans seldom exceed 60 months, but in no case exceed the depreciable life of the tangible asset
being financed.

Loan Origination. A commercial loan begins with a loan officer obtaining preliminary financial information

from the borrower and guarantors and summarizing the loan request in a deal sheet. The deal sheet is then
reviewed by senior management and/or those who have the loan authority to approve the credit. Following
preliminary approval, the loan officer undertakes a formal underwriting analysis, including third party credit
reports and asset verifications. From this information and analysis, a credit memorandum is prepared and
submitted to an officer or committee having the appropriate approval authority for review. After approval, the
note department prepares loan documentation reflecting the conditions of approval and funds the loan when those
conditions are met.

Underwriting Standards. Our underwriting standards for commercial loans are designed to identify, measure

and quantify the risk inherent in these types of credits. Our underwriting process and standards help us identify
the primary and secondary repayment sources. The following are our major underwriting guidelines:

•

Cash flow is our primary underwriting criteria. We require a minimum 1.5:1 DCR for our commercial
loans. We also review trends in the borrower’s sales levels, gross profit and expenses.

• We evaluate the borrower’s financial statements to determine whether a given borrower’s balance sheet

provides for appropriate levels of equity and working capital.

•

Since most of our borrowers are closely held companies, we require the principals to guarantee the
company debt. Our underwriting process, therefore, includes an evaluation of the guarantor’s net
worth, income and credit history. Where circumstances warrant, we may require guarantees be secured
by collateral (generally with real estate).

• Where there is a reliance on the accounts receivable and inventory of a company, we evaluate their

condition, which may include third party onsite audits.

Monitoring. For those borrowers whose credit availability is tied to a formula based on advances as a

percentage of accounts receivable and inventory (typically 80% and 50%, respectively), we review monthly
borrowing base certificates for both availability and turnover trends. Periodically, we also conduct third party
onsite audits, the frequency of which is dependent on the individual borrower. On a quarterly basis, we monitor
the financial performance of a borrower by analyzing the borrower’s financial statements for compliance with
financial covenants.

Trade Finance Credits

Our trade finance portfolio totaled $86.1 million, or approximately 9% of our total loan portfolio as of
December 31, 2006. Of this amount, virtually all loans were made to U.S. based importers who are also our
current borrowers or depositors. We also provide standby letters of credit and foreign exchange services to our
clients. Our new trade finance credit relationships result from contacts and relationships with existing clients,
CPAs and trade facilitators such as customs brokers. In many cases, the ability to generate new trade finance
business is also a result of cultivated social contacts and extended family.

8

We offer the following services to importers:

•

•

•

•

•

Commercial letters of credit;

Import lines of credit;

Documentary collections;

International wire transfers; and

Acceptances / trust receipt financing.

We offer the following services to exporters:

•

•

•

•

•

Export letters of credit;

Export finance;

Documentary collections;

Bills purchase program; and

International wire transfers.

Loan Origination. Our trade finance origination process is equivalent to our commercial loan process. Since

we lend only to U.S. based companies, our due diligence process is equivalent to that of our commercial loan
process with an emphasis on evaluating and verifying the assets of the borrowers and principals.

Underwriting Standards. Trade finance underwriting standards are based on our commercial loan standards.
Typically, these loans are secured by receivables and inventories with advance rates similar to that of commercial
loans. In many cases, we also require real estate or cash as partial collateral to further enhance our collateral
position. However, in underwriting these credits, we also analyze the borrower’s working capital requirements
with a greater focus on the trade cycle and seasonality of the inventory being imported. Often an importer needs
to order product months in advance, which requires us to structure the credit to accommodate the issuance of
letters of credit early in the season and to carry accounts receivable after shipping.

Monitoring. We monitor trade finance credits by reviewing monthly borrowing base certificates of accounts

receivable and inventory for both availability and turnover trends and tracking loan covenants on a quarterly
basis. To supplement our review of borrowing bases, we utilize the services of third party accounts receivable
and inventory auditors for certain credits. Finally, it is accepted trade finance practice to fund the payment of
letters of credit on a “tenor” basis. That means that an advance under the trade finance line has a maturity
(commonly 90 days). This serves as a self-monitoring mechanism because a matured and unpaid advance is a
possible indicator of poor accounts receivable and/or inventory turnover.

Loan Concentrations

As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the concentration of loans secured by real estate in our total loan
portfolio were approximately 71% and 71%, respectively. A substantial decline in the performance of the
economy in general, or a decline in real estate values in the Bank’s primary market areas, in particular, could
have an adverse impact on collectibility, increase the level of real estate-related non-performing loans or have
other adverse effects which alone or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

9

Our real estate loans by type of collateral are as follows:

Property Type

At December 31, 2006

Percentage of Loans in Each
Category in Total Loan
Portfolio

Amount

(Dollars in thousands)

Commercial/Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retail(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-4 family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Land/Special purpose(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 86,933
76,190
70,469
242,018
66,971
166,720

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$709,301

8.71%
7.64
7.06
24.26
6.72
16.72

71.11%

Includes shopping centers, strip malls or stand-alone properties which house retailers.

(1)
(2) Examples, other than land, include hospitality and self-storage.

To manage the risks inherent in this concentration in our loan portfolio, we have adopted a number of
policies and procedures. For example, we have adopted regulatory loan-to-value standards that must be met at the
time of origination, which are summarized below:

Collateral Type

Occupied 1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unimproved land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Land development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Improved properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-4 SFR construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LTV
Maximum

90%
65%
75%
85%
80-85%
80%
85%

Our underwriting practice, however, is to lend at lower LTV’s. At December 31, 2006, the weighted average

LTV of our real estate portfolio based on LTVs at the time of origination was 57.4%.

Our practice is to require DCR’s on commercial real estate loans of 1.2 to 1.25x, depending on the property

type. We also underwrite our commercial real estate loans using a rate that is 1-2% greater than the proposed
interest rate on the loan.

In addition, we have established certain concentration limits for our real estate lending activities by property

type. Our other real estate loan limitations include out of area (California) lending at no more than 15% of our
portfolio. At December 31, 2006, 4.4% of our real estate portfolio was secured by real estate located outside of
California.

10

Loan Maturities

In addition to measuring and monitoring concentrations in our loan portfolio, we also monitor the maturities
and interest rate structure of our portfolio. The following table shows the amounts of loans and leases outstanding
as of December 31, 2006 which, based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, were due in one year or
less, more than one year through five years, and more than five years. The table also presents, for loans and
leases with maturities over one year, an analysis with respect to fixed interest rate loans and leases and floating
interest rate loans and leases.

At December 31, 2006

Maturity

Rate Structure for
Loans Maturing
over One Year

One Year
or Less

$166,075
118,321
182,927
72,083
45
185

One
through
Five Years

$209,805
79,429
88,094
13,984
—
334

Over Five
Years

Total

Fixed
Rate

Floating
Rate

(In thousands)

$62,400
3,635
—
—
—
—

$438,280
201,385
271,021
86,067
45
519

$17,528
343
2,904
—
—
334

$254,677
82,721
85,190
13,984
—
—

Real estate mini-perm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trade finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leases receivable and other . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$539,636

$391,646

$66,035

$997,317

$21,109

$436,572

The following table shows the amounts of loans and leases outstanding as of December 31, 2005, which,
based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, were due in one year or less, more than one year through
five years, and more than five years. Demand or other loans having no stated maturity and no stated schedule of
repayments are reported as due in one year or less. The table also presents, for loans and leases with maturities
over one year, an analysis with respect to fixed interest rate loans and leases and floating interest rate loans and
leases.

At December 31, 2005

Maturity

Rate Structure for
Loans Maturing
over One Year

One Year
or Less

$ 99,866
125,397
112,878
76,238
29
465

One
through
Five Years

$195,934
46,249
34,482
462
92
532

Over Five
Years

Total

Fixed
Rate

Floating
Rate

(In thousands)

$76,451

—
2,068
—
—
—

$372,251
171,646
149,428
76,700
121
997

$13,563

—
208
—
—
532

$258,822
46,249
36,342
462
92
—

Real estate mini-perm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Real estate construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trade finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leases receivable and other . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$414,873

$277,751

$78,519

$771,143

$14,303

$341,967

As reflected in this data, the maturity of our portfolio is divided generally between loans maturing within

one year or less and loans maturing between one and five years. Most of our shorter maturity loans are
commercial, construction and trade finance loans. Most of the loans that have maturities between one and five
years are real estate-mini perm loans. Regardless of maturity, most of our loans have interest rates that adjust
with changes in the Prime Rate.

11

Loan Authorizations

•

Individual Authorities. Individual loan officers have approval authority up to $1.0 million for loans
secured by first trust deeds or cash and up to $500,000 for unsecured transactions. The Chief Executive
Officer and the Chief Credit Officer have combined approval authority up to $7.0 million for secured
loans and up to $5.0 million for unsecured loans.

• Management Loan Committee. The Management Loan Committee consists of the Chief Executive

Officer, the Chief Credit Officer and senior commercial and real estate lending officers. It has approval
authority up to $19.5 million for secured loans and up to $11.7 million for unsecured loans.

•

Board of Directors Loan Committee. Our Board of Directors loan committee consists of three members
of the board of directors. It has approval authority up to our legal lending limit, which was
approximately $39.1 million for real estate secured loans and $23.4 million for unsecured loans at
December 31, 2006. The Board of Directors loan committee also reviews all loan commitments granted
in excess of $1.0 million on a quarterly basis for the preceding quarter.

All individual loan authorities are granted by the loan committee of our Board of Directors and are based on

the individual’s demonstrated credit judgment and lending experience.

If a credit falls outside of the guidelines set forth in our lending policies, the loan is not approved until it is

reviewed by a higher level of credit approval authority. Credit approval authority has three levels, as listed above
from lowest to highest level. Policy exceptions for cash flow, waiver of guarantee, excessive LTV or bad credit
require approval of the President or Chief Credit Officer regardless of size.

We believe that the current authority levels provide satisfactory management and a reasonable percentage of

secondary review. Any conditions placed on loans in the approval process must be satisfied before our Chief
Credit Officer will release loan documentation for execution. Our Chief Credit Officer and his staff work entirely
independent of loan production and have full responsibility for all loan disbursements.

Loan Grading and Loan Review

We seek to quantify the risk in our lending portfolio by maintaining a loan grading system consisting of

eight different categories (Grades 1-8). The grading system is used to determine, in part, the provision for loan
losses. The first four grades in the system are considered satisfactory. The other four grades range from a “special
mention” category to a “loss” category. These four grades are further discussed below under the section subtitled
“classified assets.”

The originating loan officer initially assigns a grade to each credit as part of the loan approval process. Such

grade may be changed as a loan application moves through the approval process.

Prior to funding, all new loans of $1.0 million or over are reviewed by our Chief Credit Officer who may

assign a different grade to the credit. The grade on each individual loan is reviewed at least annually by the loan
officer responsible for monitoring the credit. The Board of Directors reviews monthly the aggregate amount of
all loans graded as special mention, substandard or doubtful, and each individual loan that has a grade within
such range. Additionally, changes in the grade for a loan may occur through any of the following means:

•

•

monthly reviews by the Chief Credit Officer of a sample of loans approved under individual loan
authority;

annual reviews conducted by an outside loan reviewer of certain categories of loans determined by the
Board of Directors’ audit committee. In 2005 and 2006, the outside loan reviewer reviewed all loans to
insiders in excess of $400,000, watch list credits in excess of $400,000 and a sample of larger loans in
our loan portfolio;

12

•

•

bank regulatory examinations; and

monthly action plans submitted to the Chief Credit Officer by the responsible lending officers for each
credit graded 5-8.

Loan Delinquencies. When a borrower fails to make a committed payment, we attempt to cure the

deficiency by contacting the borrower to seek payment. Habitual delinquencies and loans delinquent 30 days or
more are reviewed for possible changes in grading.

Classified Assets. Federal regulations require that each insured bank classify its assets on a regular basis. In

addition, in connection with examinations of insured institutions, examiners have authority to identify problem
assets, and, if appropriate, classify them. We use grades 5-8 of our loan grading system to identify potential
problem assets.

The following describes grades 5-8 of our loan grading system:

•

•

•

•

Special Mention—Grade 5. Generally these are assets that display negative trends or other causes for
concern. This grade is regarded as a transition category. We will either upgrade the credit if meaningful
progress is evident within six months, or downgrade the credit to a more severe grade as appropriate.

Substandard—Grade 6. These are assets that in management’s judgment have potential weaknesses
that may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects and, therefore, deserve the attention of
management. Usually, these assets are long-term problems that are likely to remain and require
management action plans. These loans exhibit an increasing reliance on collateral for repayment.

Doubtful—Grade 7. These assets are inadequately protected by the current worth and paying capacity
of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. Although loss may not be imminent, if the
weaknesses are not corrected, there is a good possibility that we will sustain some loss.

Loss—Grade 8. Assets classified as “loss” are considered uncollectible and of such little value in the
near term that their continuance as active assets is not warranted. This does not mean they have no
recovery or salvage value.

Deposit Products and Other Sources of Funds

Our primary sources of funds for use in our lending and investment activities consist of:

•

•

•

deposits and related services;

maturities and principal and interest payments on loans and securities; and

other borrowings.

We closely monitor rates and terms of competing sources of funds and utilize those sources we believe to be

the most cost effective, consistent with our asset and liability management policies.

Deposits and Related Services. We have historically relied primarily upon, and expect to continue to rely

primarily upon, deposits to satisfy our needs for sources of funds. An important balance sheet component
impacting our net interest margin is the composition and cost of our deposit base. We can improve our net
interest margin to the extent that growth in deposits can be focused in the less volatile and somewhat more
traditional core deposits, or total deposits less CDs greater than $100,000, commonly referred to as Jumbo CDs.

We provide a wide array of deposit products. We offer regular checking, savings, NOW and money market

deposit accounts; fixed-rate, fixed maturity retail certificates of deposit ranging in terms from 14 days to five
years; and individual retirement accounts and non-retail certificates of deposit consisting of Jumbo CDs. We
attempt to price our deposit products in order to promote deposit growth and satisfy our liquidity requirements.
We provide courier service to pick up non-cash deposits, and for those customers that use large amounts of cash,
we arrange for armored car and vault service.

13

We provide a high level of personal service to our high net worth individual customers who have significant

funds available to invest. We believe our Jumbo CDs are a stable source of funding because they are based
primarily on service and personal relationships with senior Bank officers rather than interest rate. Further, 3% of
these Jumbo CDs are pledged as collateral for loans from us to the depositor or the depositor’s affiliated business
or family member. We monitor interest rates offered by our competitors and pay a rate we believe is competitive
with the range of rates offered by such competitors.

We also receive a significant amount of our deposits from governmental agencies. At December 31, 2006,

we had $120.2 million in government agency deposits, or 10% of our total deposits. Generally, a condition to
holding some of these deposits is that we must pledge qualifying government securities in the amount of 110% of
the deposit we hold. At December 31, 2006, we had $157.5 million of government securities pledged for the
benefit of our government agency deposits.

From time to time, we also access the deposit broker market for deposits to meet short-term liquidity
requirements. At December 31, 2006, we held $52.4 million of deposits obtained in this manner. There were no
significant rate differences between the rates on these deposits as compared to our internally generated Jumbo
CDs.

We intend to focus our efforts on attracting deposits from our business lending relationships in order to
reduce our cost of funds and improve our net interest margin. Also, we believe that we have the ability to attract
sufficient additional funding by re-pricing the yields on our CDs in order to meet loan demands during times that
growth rates in core deposits differ from loan growth rates.

In addition to the marketing methods listed above, we seek to attract new clients and deposits by:

•

•

expanding long-term business customer relationships, including referrals from our customers, and

building deposit relationships through our branch relationship officers.

Other Borrowings. We may occasionally use our federal funds lines of credit to support liquidity needs
created by seasonal deposit flows, to temporarily satisfy funding needs from increased loan demand and for other
short-term purposes. As of December 31, 2006, we have two federal funds lines with other financial institutions
pursuant to which we can borrow up to $80 million on an unsecured basis and an unsecured line of credit with
the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco or FHLBSF in the amount of $24 million. At December 31, 2006,
our secured borrowing line with the FHLBSF was $101.7 million. The unsecured federal funds lines may be
terminated by the respective lending institutions at any time. At December 31, 2006, we had $0 outstanding
under these federal funds lines.

We also borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, pursuant to an existing commitment based on
the value of the collateral pledged (either loans or securities). We had $20 million in outstanding FHLB advances
with a weighted average interest rate of 3.71% and a remaining maturity greater than one year at December 31,
2006.

Our Investment Activities

Our investment strategy is designed to be complementary to and interactive with our other strategies (i.e.,

cash position; borrowed funds; quality, maturity, stability and earnings of loans; nature and stability of deposits;
capital and tax planning). The target percentage for our investment portfolio is between 10% to 40% of total
assets. Our general objectives with respect to our investment portfolio are to:

•

•

•

achieve an acceptable asset/liability mix;

provide a suitable balance of quality and diversification to our assets;

provide liquidity necessary to meet cyclical and long-term changes in the mix of assets and liabilities;

14

•

•

•

•

•

provide a stable flow of dependable earnings;

maintain collateral for pledging requirements;

manage and mitigate interest rate risk;

comply with regulatory and accounting standards; and

provide funds for local community needs.

Investment securities consist primarily of U.S. agency issues, investment grade corporate notes, municipal

bonds and mortgage-backed securities. In addition, for bank liquidity purposes, we use (1) overnight federal
funds, which are temporary overnight sales of excess funds to correspondent banks and (2) interest-bearing
deposits at other financial institutions, which consist of certificates of deposit spread over many financial
institutions to take advantage of 100% FDIC insured coverage.

As of December 31, 2006 the company classified all of its investment securities as “available-for-sale”
pursuant to SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. Available for sale
securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and instead reported
as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Held to maturity securities would be securities that we have
both the intent and the ability to hold to maturity. These securities would be carried at cost adjusted for
amortization of premium and accretion of discount.

Our securities portfolio is managed in accordance with guidelines set by our investment policy. Specific

day-to-day transactions affecting the securities portfolio are managed by our Chief Financial Officer. In
accordance with our written investment policy, all executions also require the prior written approval of the CEO
and President. These securities activities are reviewed periodically, as needed, by our investment committee and
are reported to our Board of Directors.

Our investment policy addresses strategies, types and levels of allowable investments and is reviewed and

approved annually by our Board of Directors. It also limits the amount we can invest in various types of
securities, places limits on average life and duration of securities, and limits the securities dealers with whom we
can conduct business.

Our Concentrations / Customers

Except as described below, no individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in
relation to our assets or deposits or in relation to our overall business. Approximately 71% of our loan portfolio
at December 31, 2006 consisted of real estate-secured loans, including commercial loans secured by real estate,
construction loans and real estate mini-perm loans. Moreover, our business activities are focused in Southern
California. Consequently, our business is dependent on the trends of this regional economy, and in particular, the
commercial real estate markets. At December 31, 2006, we had 230 loans in excess of $1.0 million, totaling
$843.8 million. These loans comprise approximately 22% of our loan portfolio based on number of loans and
85% based on total loans outstanding balance. Excluding credit card and consumer overdraft lines, our average
loan size is $967,000.

At December 31, 2006, excluding government deposits, brokered deposits and deposits as direct collateral
for loans, we had 18 depositors with deposits in excess of $3.0 million totaled $131million or 11.3% of our total
deposits. In addition to these depositors, 139 depositors held a total of $164 million or 14.1% of our total
deposits.

Our Competition

The banking and financial services business in Southern California is highly competitive. This increasingly

competitive environment faced by banks is a result primarily of changes in laws and regulation, changes in

15

technology and product delivery systems, and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial services
providers. We compete for loans, deposits and customers with other commercial banks, savings and loan
associations, securities and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, finance companies,
money market funds, credit unions and other nonbank financial services providers. Many of these competitors
are much larger in total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets, including foreign
ownership and/or offer a broader range of financial services than we can offer.

We also compete with three publicly listed Chinese-American banks, and subsidiary banks and branches of
foreign banks, from countries such as Taiwan and China, many of which have greater lending limits, and a wider
variety of products and services. We also compete with Chinese-American and mainstream community banks for
both deposits and loans.

Competition for deposit and loan products remains strong from both banking and non-banking firms and this

competition directly affects the rates of those products and the terms on which they are offered to consumers.

Technological innovation continues to contribute to greater competition in domestic and international
financial services markets. Many customers now expect a choice of several delivery systems and channels,
including telephone, mail, internet, ATMs, and remote deposit capture.

Mergers between financial institutions have placed additional pressure on banks to consolidate their

operations, reduce expenses and increase revenues to remain competitive. In addition, competition has intensified
due to federal and state interstate banking laws, which permit banking organizations to expand geographically
with fewer restrictions than in the past. These laws allow banks to merge with other banks across state lines,
thereby enabling banks to establish or expand banking operations in our market. The competitive environment is
also significantly impacted by federal and state legislation that make it easier for non-bank financial institutions
to compete with us.

Regulation and Supervision

The following discussion of statutes and regulations affecting banks is only a summary and does not purport

to be complete. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations. No
assurance can be given that such statutes or regulations will not change in the future.

General

The Bank is extensively regulated under both federal and state laws. Regulation and supervision by the

federal and state banking agencies is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the Deposit
Insurance Fund (“DIF”) administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), and not for the
benefit of stockholders. Set forth below is a summary description of key laws and regulations which relate to the
Bank’s operations. These descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable laws and
regulations.

As a California state-chartered bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, we are subject to

supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the California Commissioner of Financial Institutions and
the Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”), as the Bank’s state regulator, and by the FDIC as the Bank’s
primary federal regulator. The regulations of these agencies govern most aspects of our business, including the
making of periodic reports by us, and our activities relating to dividends, investments, loans, borrowings, capital
requirements, certain check-clearing activities, branching, mergers and acquisitions, reserves against deposits and
numerous other areas. Supervision, legal action and examination of us by the FDIC is generally intended to
protect depositors and is not intended for the protection of shareholders. If, as a result of an examination, either
the DFI or the FDIC should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings
prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of the Bank’s operations are unsatisfactory or that the Bank or

16

its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to the DFI and
the FDIC. These remedies include the power to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting
from any violation or practice; enter into informal nonpublic or formal public memoranda of understanding or
written agreements with the Bank to take corrective action; issue an administrative cease and desist order that can
be judicially enforced; direct an increase in capital; enjoin unsafe or unsound practices; restrict the Bank’s
growth; assess civil monetary penalties; and remove officers and directors. Ultimately the FDIC could terminate
the Bank’s FDIC insurance and the DFI could revoke the Bank’s charter or take possession and close and
liquidate the Bank.

The Bank’s profitability, like most financial institutions, is primarily dependent on our ability to maintain a

favorable differential or “spread” between the yield on our interest-earning assets and the rate paid on our
deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. In general, the difference between the interest rates paid by the
Bank on interest bearing liabilities, such as deposits and other borrowings, and the interest rates received by the
Bank on our interest-earning assets, such as loans extended to customers and securities held in our investment
portfolio, will comprise the major portion of the Bank’s earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors
that are beyond the control of the Bank, such as inflation, recession and unemployment, and the impact which
future changes in domestic and foreign economic conditions might have on the Bank cannot be predicted.

The Bank’s business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government, and
the policies of the regulatory agencies, particularly the FRB. The FRB implements national monetary policies
(with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) through its open-market operations in United
States government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial institutions subject to its
reserve requirements and by varying the target federal funds and discount rates applicable to borrowings by
depository institutions. The actions of the FRB in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and
deposits and also affect interest earned on interest-earning assets and paid on interest bearing liabilities. The
nature and impact of any future changes in monetary and fiscal policies on the Bank cannot be predicted.

Changes such as the following in federal or state banking laws or the regulations, policies or guidance of the

federal or state banking agencies could have an adverse cost or competitive impact on the Bank’s operations:

(i) In December 2006, the federal banking agencies issued final guidance to reinforce sound risk
management practices for bank holding companies and banks in commercial real estate (CRE) loans which
establishes CRE concentration thresholds as criteria for examiners to identify CRE concentration that may
warrant further analysis. The implementation of these guidelines could result in increased reserves and
capital costs for banks with “CRE concentration.” Management believes that the Bank’s CRE portfolio as of
December 31, 2006 does not have the risks associated with high CRE concentration due to mitigating
factors, including moderate loan-to-value ratios, adequate debt coverage ratios and a wide variety of
property types.

(ii) In September 2006 the federal banking agencies issued final guidance and subsequently in March 2007
proposed additional guidance on alternative or “nontraditional” residential mortgage products that allow
borrowers to defer repayment of principal and sometimes interest, including “interest-only” mortgage loans,
and “payment option” adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”) where a borrower has flexible payment options,
including payments that have the potential for negative amortization, and ARMs with low initial payments
based on a fixed introductory or “teaser” rate that adjusts after a short initial period. While acknowledging
that innovations in mortgage lending can benefit some consumers, the guidance states that management
should (1) assess a borrower’s ability to repay the loan, including any principal balances added through
negative amortization, at the fully indexed rate that would apply after the introductory period; (2) recognize
that certain nontraditional mortgages are untested in a stressed environment and warrant strong risk
management standards as well as appropriate capital and loan loss reserves; and (3) ensure that borrowers
have sufficient information to clearly understand loan terms and associated risks prior to making a product
or payment choice. The Bank does not presently offer any mortgage products which are the subject of the
banking agencies’ present or proposed guidance.

17

(iii) Pursuant to the Financial Services Regulatory Relief Act of 2006, the SEC and the Federal Reserve
have released, as Regulation R, joint proposed rules expected to be finalized by midyear to implement
exceptions provided for in the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”) for bank securities activities which
banks may conduct without registering with the SEC as securities brokers or moving such activities to a
broker-dealer affiliate. The proposed Regulation R “push out” rules exceptions would allow a bank, subject
to certain conditions, to continue to conduct securities transactions for customers as part of the Bank’s trust
and fiduciary, custodial and deposit “sweep” functions, and to refer customers to a securities broker-dealer
pursuant to a networking arrangement with the broker-dealer. The Bank does not presently engage in any
securities activities.

Because California law permits commercial banks chartered by the state to engage in any activity

permissible for national banks, the Bank may form subsidiaries to engage in the many so-called “closely related
to banking” or “nonbanking” activities commonly conducted by national banks in operating subsidiaries, and,
further, may conduct certain “financial” activities in a subsidiary to the same extent as may a national bank.
Generally, a financial subsidiary is permitted to engage in activities that are “financial in nature” or incidental
thereto, even though they are not permissible for the national bank to conduct directly within the bank. The
definition of “financial in nature” includes, among other items, underwriting, dealing in or making a market in
securities, including, for example, distributing shares of mutual funds. A financial subsidiary may not, however,
under present law, engage as principal in underwriting insurance (other than credit life insurance), issue annuities
or engage in real estate brokerage or development or in merchant banking activities. In order to form a financial
subsidiary, the Bank must be “well-capitalized,” “well-managed” and in satisfactory compliance with the
Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”). Further, the Bank must exclude from its assets and capital all equity
investments, including retained earnings, in a financial subsidiary, and the assets of a financial subsidiary may
not be consolidated with the Bank’s assets. The Bank would also be subject to the same risk management and
affiliate transaction rules that apply to national banks with financial subsidiaries.

The Bank is also subject to the requirements and restrictions of various consumer laws, regulations and the

Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA.

Capital Standards

The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines for banks which are
intended to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s
operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets, and transactions, such as letters of credit
and recourse arrangements, which are recorded as off-balance-sheet items.

The risk-based capital ratio is determined by classifying assets and certain off-balance sheet financial
instruments into weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for those categories perceived
as representing greater risk. Under the capital guidelines, a banking organization’s total capital is divided into
tiers. “Tier I capital” consists of (1) common equity, (2) qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock,
(3) a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and (4) minority interests in the equity
accounts of consolidated subsidiaries (including trust-preferred securities), less goodwill and certain other
intangible assets. Qualifying Tier I capital may consist of trust-preferred securities, subject to certain criteria and
quantitative limits for inclusion of restricted core capital elements in Tier I capital. “Tier II capital” consists of
hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt, mandatory convertible debt securities, a limited amount of
subordinated debt, preferred stock and trust-preferred securities that do not qualify as Tier I capital, a limited
amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses and a limited amount of unrealized holding gains on equity
securities. “Tier III capital” consists of qualifying unsecured subordinated debt. The sum of Tier II and Tier III
capital may not exceed the amount of Tier I capital.

The risk-based capital guidelines require a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-adjusted assets

of 8.0%, and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets of 4.0%. In addition to the risk-based

18

guidelines, the federal bank regulatory agencies require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of
Tier 1 capital to total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. For a banking organization rated well capitalized, in
the highest of the five categories used by regulators to rate banking organizations, the minimum leverage ratio of
Tier I capital to total assets must be 3.0%.

An institution’s risk-based capital, leverage capital and tangible capital ratios together determine the
institution’s capital classification. An institution is treated as well capitalized if its total capital to risk-weighted
assets ratio is 10.00% or more; its core capital to risk-weighted assets ratio is 6.00% or more; and its core capital
to adjusted total assets ratio is 5.00% or more. At December 31, 2006, the Bank’s capital ratios exceed these
minimum percentage requirements to be considered well capitalized.

The current risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the International Basel

Committee on Banking Supervision. A new international accord, referred to as Basel II, which emphasizes
internal assessment of credit, market and operational risk, supervisory assessment and market discipline in
determining minimum capital requirements, currently becomes mandatory for large international banks outside
the U.S. in 2008. In October 2006, the U.S. federal banking agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking for
comment to implement Basel II for U.S. banks with certain differences from the international Basel II framework
and which would not be fully in effect for U.S. banks until 2012. Further, the U.S. banking agencies propose to
retain the minimum leverage requirement and prompt corrective action regulatory standards. In December 2006
the federal banking agencies issued another notice of proposed rulemaking for comment, referred to as Basel IA,
that proposed alternative capital requirements for smaller U.S. banks which may be negatively impacted
competitively by certain provisions of Basel II. Additional guidance issued in February 2007 stated the agencies’
expectation that to determine the extent to which banks should hold capital in excess of regulatory minimum
levels, examiners would examine the combined implications of a bank’s compliance with qualification
requirements for regulatory risk-based capital standards, the quality and results of the bank’s internal capital
adequacy assessment process, and the examiners’ assessment of the bank’s risk profile and capital position. At
this time the impact that proposed changes in capital requirements may have on the cost and availability of
different types of credit and the potential compliance cost to the Bank of implementing the requirements of the
final rulemaking which is applicable to the Bank are uncertain.

A bank that does not achieve and maintain the required capital levels may be issued a capital directive by
the FDIC to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels. As discussed above, we are required to maintain
certain levels of capital. The regulatory capital guidelines as well as our actual capitalization as of December 31,
2006 is as follows:

Leverage Ratio
Preferred Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized institution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum regulatory requirement

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
Preferred Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized institution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum regulatory requirement

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio
Preferred Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized institution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum regulatory requirement

11.50%
5.00%
4.00%

11.52%
6.00%
4.00%

12.33%
10.00%
8.00%

Dividends and Other Transfers of Funds

The Bank is subject to various statutory and regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends. Under

such restrictions, the amount available for payment of dividends totaled $38.5 million at December 31, 2006. In

19

addition, the banking agencies have the authority to prohibit the Bank from paying dividends, depending upon
the Bank’s financial condition, if such payment would be deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

Prompt Corrective Action

The FDIC also possesses broad powers under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”) to take
“prompt corrective action” and other supervisory action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions
that fall within any undercapitalized category. An institution that, based upon its capital levels, is classified as
well capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower
capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines
that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such treatment. At each successive
lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions.

In addition, the federal banking agencies have adopted non-capital safety and soundness standards to assist

examiners in identifying and addressing potential safety and soundness concerns before capital becomes
impaired. The guidelines set forth operational and managerial standards relating to: (i) internal controls,
information systems and internal audit systems, (ii) loan documentation, (iii) credit underwriting, (iv) asset
quality and growth, (v) earnings, (vi) risk management, and (vii) compensation and benefits.

Subprime Lending Guidelines

As a result of a number of federally insured financial institutions extending their lending risk selection

standards to attract lower credit quality borrowers due to their loans having higher interest rates and fees, the
federal banking regulatory agencies have jointly issued interagency guidance on subprime lending, including
guidance issued in September 2006 and March 2007 on nontraditional residential mortgage products. Subprime
lending involves extending credit to individuals with less than perfect credit histories. The guidelines consider
subprime lending a high-risk activity that is unsafe and unsound if the risks associated with subprime lending are
not properly controlled. The federal banking agencies expect regulatory capital one and one-half to three times
higher than that typically set aside for prime assets for institutions that:

•

•

have subprime assets equal to 25% or higher of Tier 1 capital, or

have subprime portfolios experiencing rapid growth or adverse performance trends, are administered
by inexperienced management, or have inadequate or weak controls.

The Bank presently does not engage in subprime lending.

Premiums for Deposit Insurance

Through the DIF, the FDIC insures our customer deposits up to prescribed limits for each depositor. The

amount of FDIC assessments paid by each DIF member institution is based on its relative risk of default as
measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory factors. . The assessment rate currently ranges from
zero to 27 cents per $100 of domestic deposits. The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule
on a semi-annual basis. The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2006, or FDIRA, provides, among other
things, for changes in the formula and factors to be considered by the FDIC in calculating the FDIC reserve ratio,
assessments and dividends, and a one-time aggregate assessment credit for depository institutions in existence on
December 31, 1996 (or their successors) which paid assessments to recapitalize the insurance funds after the
banking crises of the late 1980s and early 1990s. The FDIC issued final regulations, effective January 1, 2007,
implementing the provisions of FDIRA. The Bank expects to receive a one-time assessment credit that is
expected to exceed any increase in assessments by the FDIC in 2007.

All FDIC-insured depository institutions must pay an annual assessment to provide funds for the payment of

interest on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, a federal corporation chartered under the authority of the

20

Federal Housing Finance Board. The bonds, commonly referred to as FICO bonds, were issued to capitalize the
Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The FDIC established the FICO assessment rates effective for
the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 at approximately 1.24 cents for each $100 of assessable deposits. The FICO
assessments are adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in the assessment bases of the FDIC’s insurance funds and
do not vary depending on a depository institution’s capitalization or supervisory evaluations.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

• We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, or FHLB-SF. Among other

benefits, each Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, serves as a reserve or central bank for its members
within its assigned region. The FHLB makes available loans or advances to its members in compliance
with the policies and procedures established by the board of directors of the individual FHLB. As an
FHLB member, we are required to own a certain amount of capital stock in the FHLB.

At December 31, 2006, the Bank was in compliance with the FHLB’s stock ownership requirement and our

investment in FHLB capital stock totaled $3,683,000.

Interstate Banking and Branching

Subject to certain size limitations under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking Act, banks have the ability to
acquire or merge with banks in other states; and, subject to certain state restrictions, banks may also acquire or
establish new branches outside their home state. Interstate branches are subject to certain laws of the states in
which they are located. The Bank presently has not engaged in any interstate banking activity.

Securities Registration

The Bank’s securities are registered with the FDIC under the Exchange Act as adopted by the FDIC. As

such, the Bank is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, corporate governance and other
requirements and restrictions of the Exchange Act.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses accounting oversight and corporate governance matters and,

among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

required executive certification of financial presentations;

increased requirements for board audit committees and their members;

enhanced disclosure of controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

enhanced controls on, and reporting of, insider trading; and

increased penalties for financial crimes and forfeiture of executive bonuses in certain circumstances.

This legislation and its implementing regulations resulted in increased costs of compliance, including certain

outside professional costs. To date, these costs have not had a material impact on the Bank.

USA PATRIOT Act

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and its implementing regulations significantly expanded the anti-money

laundering and financial transparency laws, Under the USA PATRIOT Act, financial institutions are required to
establish and maintain anti-money laundering programs which include:

•

•

the establishment of a customer identification program;

the development of internal policies, procedures, and controls;

21

•

•

•

the designation of a compliance officer;

an ongoing employee training program; and

an independent audit function to test the programs.

The Bank has adopted comprehensive policies and procedures to address the requirements of the USA
PATRIOT Act. Material deficiencies in anti-money laundering compliance can result in public enforcement
actions by the banking agencies, including the imposition of civil money penalties and supervisory restrictions on
growth and expansion. Such enforcement actions could also have serious reputation consequences for the Bank.

Federal Reserve System

The FRB requires all depository institutions to maintain noninterest bearing reserves at specified levels
against their transaction accounts (primarily checking, NOW “negotiable order of withdrawal” and Super NOW
checking accounts) and non-personal time deposits. At December 31, 2006, we were in compliance with these
requirements.

Impact of Monetary Policies

Our earnings and growth are subject to the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions,

including inflation, recession and unemployment. Our earnings are affected not only by general economic
conditions but also by the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and federal agencies, particularly the
FRB. The FRB can and does implement national monetary policy, such as seeking to curb inflation and combat
recession, by its open market operations in United States government securities and by its control of the discount
rates applicable to borrowings by banks from the FRB. The actions of the FRB in these areas influence the
growth of bank loans and leases, investments and deposits and affect the interest rates charged on loans and
leases and paid on deposits. The FRB’s policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of
commercial banks and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The nature and timing of any future
changes in monetary policies are not predictable.

Loans-to-One Borrower Limitations

With certain limited exceptions, the maximum amount of obligations, secured or unsecured, that any
borrower (including certain related entities) may owe to a California state bank at any one time may not exceed
25% of the sum of the shareholders’ equity, allowance for loan losses, capital notes and debentures of the bank.
Unsecured obligations may not exceed 15% of the sum of the shareholders’ equity, allowance for loan losses,
capital notes and debentures of the bank. The Bank has established internal loan limits which are lower than the
legal lending limits for a California bank. At December 31, 2006, the Bank’s largest single lending relationship
had a combined outstanding balance of $20.7 million, secured predominantly by commercial real estate
properties in the Bank’s lending area, and which is performing in accordance with their terms of the Bank’s
loans.

Extensions of Credit to Insiders and Transactions with Affiliates

The Bank is subject to Federal Reserve Regulation O and companion California banking law limitations and

conditions on loans or extensions of credit to:

•

•

•

the Bank’s executive officers, directors and principal shareholders (i.e., in most cases, those persons
who own, control or have power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities);

any company controlled by any such executive officer, director or shareholder; or

any political or campaign committee controlled by such executive officer, director or principal
shareholder.

22

Loans and leases extended to any of the above persons must comply with loan-to-one-borrower limits,

require prior full board approval when aggregate extensions of credit to the person exceed specified amounts,
must be made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as, and follow credit-
underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions
with non-insiders, and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable
features. In addition, Regulation O provides that the aggregate limit on extensions of credit to all insiders of a
bank as a group cannot exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Regulation O also prohibits
a bank from paying an overdraft on an account of an executive officer or director, except pursuant to a written
pre-authorized interest-bearing extension of credit plan that specifies a method of repayment or a written
pre-authorized transfer of funds from another account of the officer or director at the bank. California has laws
and the DFI has regulations which adopt and also apply Regulation O to the Bank.

The Bank also is subject to certain restrictions imposed by Federal Reserve Act Sections 23A and 23B and
Federal Reserve Regulation W on any extensions of credit to, or the issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit on
behalf of, any affiliates, the purchase of, or investments in, stock or other securities thereof, the taking of such
securities as collateral for loans, and the purchase of assets of any affiliates. Such restrictions prevent any
affiliates from borrowing from the Bank unless the loans are secured by marketable obligations of designated
amounts. Further, such secured loans and investments to or in any affiliate are limited, individually, to 10.0% of
the Bank’s capital and surplus (as defined by federal regulations), and such secured loans and investments are
limited, in the aggregate, to 20.0% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. A financial subsidiary is considered an
affiliate subject to these restrictions whereas other nonbanking subsidiaries are not considered affiliates.
Additional restrictions on transactions with affiliates may be imposed on the Bank under the FDI Act prompt
corrective action provisions and the supervisory authority of the federal and state banking agencies.

Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations

Examination and enforcement by the state and federal banking agencies for non-compliance with consumer
protection laws and their implementing regulations have become more intense. We are subject to many consumer
statutes and regulations, some of which are discussed below. The Bank is also subject to federal and state laws
prohibiting unfair or fraudulent business practices, untrue or misleading advertising and unfair competition.

The Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, or HOEPA, requires extra disclosures and
consumer protections to borrowers for certain lending practices. The term “predatory lending,” much like the
terms “safety and soundness” and “unfair and deceptive practices,” is far-reaching and covers a potentially broad
range of behavior. As such, it does not lend itself to a concise or a comprehensive definition. Typically, however,
predatory lending involves at least one, and perhaps all three, of the following elements:

•

•

•

•

making unaffordable loans based on the assets of the borrower rather than on the borrower’s

ability to repay an obligation (“asset-based lending”);

inducing a borrower to refinance a loan repeatedly in order to charge high points and fees each time the
loan is refinanced (“loan flipping”); and/or

engaging in fraud or deception to conceal the true nature of the loan obligation from an unsuspecting or
unsophisticated borrower.

Regulations and banking agency guidelines aimed at curbing predatory lending significantly widen the pool
of high-cost home-secured loans covered by HOEPA. In addition, the regulations bar certain refinances within a
year with another loan subject to HOEPA by the same lender or loan servicer. Lenders also will be presumed to
have violated the law—which says loans should not be made to people unable to repay them—unless they
document that the borrower has the ability to repay. Lenders that violate the rules face cancellation of loans and
penalties equal to the finance charges paid. The Bank does not expect these rules and potential state action in this
area to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

23

Privacy policies are required by federal banking regulations which limit the ability of banks and other
financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. Pursuant to
those rules, financial institutions must provide:

•

•

•

initial notices to customers about their privacy policies, describing the conditions under which they
may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties and affiliates;

annual notices of their privacy policies to current customers; and

a reasonable method for customers to “opt out” of disclosures to nonaffiliated third parties.

These privacy protections affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial
companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, state laws may impose more restrictive limitations on
the ability of financial institutions to disclose such information. California has adopted such a privacy law that,
among other things, generally provides that customers must “opt in” before information may be disclosed to
certain nonaffiliated third parties.

The Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, or the FACT

Act, requires financial firms to help deter identity theft, including developing appropriate fraud response
programs, and gives consumers more control of their credit data. It also reauthorizes a federal ban on state laws
that interfere with corporate credit granting and marketing practices. In connection with FACT Act, the federal
financial institution regulatory agencies proposed rules that would prohibit an institution from using certain
information about a consumer it received from an affiliate to make a solicitation to the consumer, unless the
consumer has been notified and given a chance to opt out of such solicitations. A consumer’s election to opt out
would be applicable for at least five years. The agencies have also proposed guidelines required by the FACT Act
for financial institutions and creditors which require financial institutions to identify patterns, practices and
specific forms of activity, known as “Red Flags,” that indicate the possible existence of identity theft and require
financial institutions to establish reasonable policies and procedures for implementing these guidelines.

The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, or Check 21, facilitates check truncation and electronic check
exchange by authorizing a new negotiable instrument called a “substitute check,” which is the legal equivalent of
an original check. Check 21 does not require banks to create substitute checks or accept checks electronically;
however, it does require banks to accept a legally equivalent substitute check in place of an original. In addition
to its issuance of regulations governing substitute checks, the Federal Reserve has issued final rules governing
the treatment of remotely created checks (sometimes referred to as “demand drafts”) and electronic check
conversion transactions (involving checks that are converted to electronic transactions by merchants and other
payees).

The Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, is intended to encourage insured depository institutions, while

operating safely and soundly, to help meet the credit needs of their communities. The CRA specifically directs
the federal regulatory agencies, in examining insured depository institutions, to assess a bank’s record of helping
meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent
with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA further requires the agencies to take a financial institution’s
record of meeting its community credit needs into account when evaluating applications for, among other things,
domestic branches, mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations. The agencies use the CRA
assessment factors in order to provide a rating to the financial institution. The ratings range from a high of
“outstanding” to a low of “substantial noncompliance.” In its last examination for CRA compliance, as of
November 15, 2005 we were rated “Satisfactory.”

The Equal Credit Opportunity Act, or ECOA, generally prohibits discrimination in any credit transaction,

whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital
status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs, or good faith
exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act.

24

The Truth in Lending Act, or TILA, is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful

way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As a result of the TILA, all
creditors must use the same credit terminology to express rates and payments, including the annual percentage
rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment schedule, among other
things.

The Fair Housing Act, or FH Act, regulates many practices, including making it unlawful for any lender to
discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national
origin, sex, handicap or familial status. A number of lending practices have been found by the courts to be, or
may be considered, illegal under the FH Act, including some that are not specifically mentioned in the FH Act
itself.

The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, or HMDA, grew out of public concern over credit shortages in certain

urban neighborhoods and provides public information that will help show whether financial institutions are
serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and communities in which they are located. The HMDA
also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data about applicant and
borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti-
discrimination statutes. The Federal Reserve amended regulations issued under HMDA to require the reporting of
certain pricing data with respect to higher priced mortgage loans for review by the federal banking agencies from
a fair lending perspective. We do not expect the HMDA data reported by the Bank to raise material issues
regarding its compliance with the fair lending laws.

Finally, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, or RESPA, requires lenders to provide borrowers with

disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. Also, RESPA prohibits certain abusive
practices, such as kickbacks, and places limitations on the amount of escrow accounts. Penalties under the above
laws may include fines, reimbursements and other penalties.

The National Flood Insurance Act, or NFIA, requires homes in flood-prone areas with mortgages from a
federally regulated lender to have flood insurance. Hurricane Katrina focused awareness on this requirement.
Lenders are required to provide notice to borrowers of special flood hazard areas and require such coverage
before making, increasing, extending or renewing such loans. Financial institutions which demonstrate a pattern
and practice of lax compliance are subject to the issuance of cease and desist orders and the imposition of per
loan civil money penalties, up to a maximum fine which currently is $125,000. Fine payments are remitted to the
Federal Emergency Management Agency for deposit into the National Flood Mitigation Fund.

Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with HOEPA, privacy laws and regulations,

FACT, Check 21, CRA, TILA, FH Act, ECOA, HMDA, RESPA and NFIA generally, we may incur additional
compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for CRA investments.

Recent and Proposed Legislation

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities and
are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on
part or all of their respective operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations
applicable to us are subject to regular modification and change.

From time to time, federal and state legislation is enacted which may have the effect of materially increasing

the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance
between banks and other financial service providers. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the
operations and taxation of banks and other financial institutions are frequently made in Congress, in the
California legislature and before various bank regulatory agencies. The Bank cannot predict whether or when
potential legislation will be enacted, and if enacted the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would

25

have on our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the outcome of any investigations initiated
by state or federal authorities or litigation may result in necessary changes in our operations, additional
regulation and increased compliance costs.

Financial Services Modernization Legislation. On November 12, 1999 the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of
1999, also known as the Financial Services Modernization Act, was signed into law. The Financial Services
Modernization Act is intended to modernize the banking industry by removing barriers to affiliation among
banks, insurance companies, the securities industry and other financial service providers. It provides financial
organizations with the flexibility of structuring such affiliations through a holding company structure or through
a financial subsidiary of a bank, subject to certain limitations. The Financial Services Modernization Act
establishes a new type of bank holding company known as a financial holding company that may engage in an
expanded list of activities that are financial in nature, which include securities and insurance brokerage, securities
underwriting, insurance underwriting and merchant banking.

The Financial Services Modernization Act also sets forth a system of functional regulation that makes the

FRB the “umbrella supervisor” for holding companies, while providing for the supervision of the holding
company’s subsidiaries by other federal and state agencies. A bank holding company may not become a financial
holding company if any of its subsidiary financial institutions are not well-capitalized or well-managed. Further,
each bank subsidiary of the holding company must have received at least a satisfactory CRA rating. The
Financial Services Modernization Act also expands the types of financial activities a national bank may conduct
through a financial subsidiary, addresses state regulation of insurance, provides privacy protection for nonpublic
customer information of financial institutions, modernizes the FHLB system and makes miscellaneous regulatory
improvements. The FRB and the Secretary of the Treasury must coordinate their supervision regarding approval
of new financial activities to be conducted through a financial holding company or through a financial subsidiary
of a bank. While the provisions of the Financial Services Modernization Act regarding activities that may be
conducted through a financial subsidiary directly apply only to national banks, those provisions indirectly apply
to state-chartered banks.

In addition, we are subject to other provisions of the Financial Services Modernization Act, including those
relating to CRA, privacy and safe-guarding confidential customer information, regardless of whether we elect to
establish a holding company and become a financial holding company or to conduct activities through a financial
subsidiary.

We do not believe that the Financial Services Modernization Act will have a material adverse effect on our

operations in the near term. However, to the extent that it permits banks, securities firms and insurance
companies to affiliate, the financial services industry will continue to experience further consolidation. The
Financial Services Modernization Act is intended to grant to community banks certain powers as a matter of right
that larger institutions have accumulated on an ad hoc basis. Nevertheless, this act may have the result of
increasing the amount of competition that we face from larger institutions and other types of companies offering
financial products, many of which may have substantially more financial resources than us.

Safety and Soundness Standards. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, or FDICIA,

imposes certain specific restrictions on transactions and requires federal banking regulators to adopt overall
safety and soundness standards for depository institutions related to internal control, loan underwriting and
documentation and asset growth. Among other things, FDICIA limits the interest rates paid on deposits by
undercapitalized institutions, restricts the use of brokered deposits, limits the aggregate extensions of credit by a
depository institution to an executive officer, director, principal shareholder or related interest and reduces
deposit insurance coverage for deposits offered by undercapitalized institutions for deposits by certain employee
benefits accounts. The federal banking agencies may require an institution to submit to an acceptable compliance
plan as well as have the flexibility to pursue other more appropriate or effective courses of action given the
specific circumstances and severity of an institution’s noncompliance with one or more standards.

26

California Financial Information Privacy Act. The California Financial Information Privacy Act, or CFIPA,

which was enacted in August 2003, imposes stricter limits on the use of consumers’ nonpublic personal
information by financial institutions beyond those imposed by the Financial Services Modernization Legislation.
CFIPA applies to any financial institution doing business in California, but only with respect to the individual
consumers of the institution that reside in California.

Under CFIPA, and subject to certain specified exceptions, a financial institution must now obtain a

consumer’s written consent before disclosing the consumer’s nonpublic personal information to any nonaffiliated
third party. Before releasing a consumer’s nonpublic personal information to an affiliate, the financial institution
must give the consumer the opportunity to direct that his or her information not be disclosed. This “opt-out”
requirement also applies to information a financial institution discloses in connection with (1) certain joint
marketing agreements with other financial institutions and (2) agreements with “affinity partners” in whose name
the financial institution issues credit cards or other financial products. A financial institution that meets certain
conditions may, however, share nonpublic personal information with its wholly owned financial institution
subsidiaries or sister companies engaged in the same line of business.

CFIPA provides a statutory form of “opt-out” notice that a financial institution may use to offer consumers

the opportunity to communicate their privacy preferences. A financial institution may satisfy CFIPA’s notice
requirements by sending out this form annually. Alternatively, a financial institution may use its own form,
subject to specific requirements and limitations.

Since these provisions are more restrictive than the privacy provisions of the Financial Services

Modernization Act, CFIPA would require us to adopt new policies, procedures and disclosure documentation.
The cost of complying with this legislation is not predictable at this time.

Employees

As of December 31, 2006, the Bank had a total of 132 full-time equivalent employees. None of the

employees are represented by a union or collective bargaining group. The management of the Bank believes that
their employee relations are satisfactory.

Available Information

The Bank also maintains an internet website at www.preferredbank.com. The Bank makes its website

content available for information purposes only. It should not be relied upon for investment purposes.

We are subject to the reporting and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
In accordance with Sections 12, 13 and 14 of the Exchange Act and as a bank that is not a member of the Federal
Reserve System, we file certain reports, proxy materials, information statements and other information with the
FDIC, copies of which can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the FDIC, at
the Public Reference Section, Room F-6043, 550 17th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20429. Requests for copies
may be made by telephone at (202) 898-8913 or by fax at (202) 898-3909. [Form 3, 4 and 5 filed electronically
with FDIC, at the FDIC’s website at http://www.fdic.gov.]

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results

In addition to the other information on the risks we face and our management of risk contained in this
annual report or in our other filings, the following are significant risks which may affect our business, financial
condition, operations and prospects and the value and price of our common stock could decline. The risks
identified below are not intended to be a comprehensive list of all risks we face and additional risks that we may
currently view as not material may also impair our business operations and results.

27

Changes in economic conditions, and in particular a prolonged economic slowdown in the State of

California, could hurt our business materially.

Our business is directly affected by factors such as changes in economic, political and market conditions,
broad trends in industry and finance, legislative and regulatory changes, changes in government monetary and
fiscal policies and inflation, all of which are beyond our control. We are particularly susceptible to conditions
and changes affecting the State of California and Southern California in view of the concentration of our
operations and the collateral securing our loan portfolio in Southern California. The negative effects of weak
national and international economic recoveries, the threat of terrorism and the uncertainty associated with the
impact of the war in Iraq on California’s economy were exacerbated by the state’s budget crisis and the recent
hike in energy prices, the recall of its governor and wildfires in Southern California. Deterioration in economic
conditions, in California and Southern California in particular, could result in the following consequences, any of
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows:

•

•

•

•

•

problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

loan delinquencies may increase;

demand for loans and our other products and services may decline;

low cost or noninterest bearing deposits may decrease.

collateral for loans made by us, especially real estate, may decline in value, in turn reducing customers’
borrowing power or capacity to repay, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with
our existing loans.

In addition, because we make loans to small to medium-sized businesses, many of our customers may be
particularly susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to make scheduled principal or
interest payments during these periods.

Most of our loans are secured by real estate, and a downturn in the California real estate market

could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows.

A downturn in the California real estate market could hurt our business because most of our loans are
secured by real estate located in California. As of December 31, 2006, approximately 71% of the book value of
our loan portfolio consisted of loans collateralized by various types of California real estate. Real estate values
and real estate markets are generally affected by changes in national, regional or local economic conditions,
fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers, changes in tax laws and other
laws, regulations and policies and acts of nature. In addition, real estate values in California could be affected by,
among other things, earthquakes and national disasters particular to the state. If real estate prices decline,
particularly in California. the value of real estate collateral securing our loans could be significantly reduced
reduced. As a result, we may experience greater charge-offs and, similarly, our ability to recover on defaulted
loans by foreclosing and selling the real estate collateral would then be diminished and we would be more likely
to suffer losses on defaulted loans. If there is a significant decline in real estate values, especially in California,
the collateral for our loans will provide less security.

We rely heavily on our senior management team and other key employees, the loss of whom could

materially and adversely affect our business.

Our success depends heavily on the abilities and continued service of our executive officers, especially Li
Yu, our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Walter Duchanin, our Executive Vice
President. These two individuals, who have worked together since our founding, are integral to implementing our

28

business plan. We currently do not have employment agreements or non-competition agreements with Messrs.
Yu or Duchanin. Accordingly, members of our senior management team are not contractually prohibited from
leaving or joining one of our competitors. If we lose the services of any of our executive officers, especially
Mr. Yu or Mr. Duchanin, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely
affected. Furthermore, attracting suitable replacements may be difficult and may require significant management
time and resources.

We also rely to a significant degree on the abilities and continued service of our private banking, loan

origination, underwriting, administrative, marketing and technical personnel. Competition for qualified
employees and personnel in the banking industry is intense and there are a limited number of qualified persons
with knowledge of, and experience in, the California community banking industry. The process of recruiting
personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out our strategies is often lengthy. If we
fail to attract and retain qualified management personnel and the necessary deposit generation, loan origination,
underwriting, administrative, finance marketing and technical personnel, our business, financial condition, results
of operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

A natural disaster or recurring energy shortage, especially in California, could harm our business.

Historically, Southern California has been vulnerable to natural disasters. Therefore, we are susceptible to
the risks of natural disasters, such as earthquakes, wildfires, floods and mudslides. Natural disasters could harm
our operations directly through interference with communications, as well as through the destruction of facilities
and our operational, financial and management information systems. Uninsured or underinsured disasters may
reduce a borrower’s ability to repay mortgage loans. Disasters may also reduce the value of the real estate
securing our loans, impairing our ability to recover on defaulted loans. Southern California has also experienced
energy shortages which, if they recur, could impair the value of the real estate in those areas affected. The
occurrence of natural disasters or energy shortages in Southern California could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect our

financial performance.

Market interest rates are affected by many factors that are beyond our control and are hard to predict,

including inflation, recession, performance of the stock markets, a rise in unemployment, tightening money
supply, exchange rates, monetary and other policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, domestic
and international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.

Changes in the interest rate environment may reduce our profits. Changes in interest rates will influence not
only the interest we receive on our loans and investment securities and the amount of interest we pay on deposits,
it will also affect our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits and our costs in doing so. Rising interest rates,
generally, are associated with a lower volume of loan originations, while lower interest rates are usually
associated with higher loan originations.

We expect that we will continue to realize a substantial portion of our income from the differential or
“spread” between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on
deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Because interest rates are based on the maturity,
repricing and other characteristics of an instrument, conditions that trigger changes in interest rates do not
produce equivalent changes in interest income earned on our interest-earning assets and interest expense paid on
our interest-bearing liabilities. Accordingly, fluctuations in interest rates could adversely affect our interest rate
spread and, in turn, our profitability.

In addition, an increase in the general level of interest rates may adversely affect the ability of some
borrowers to pay the interest on and principal of their obligations, which could reduce our cash flows and harm
our asset quality. In rising interest rate environments, loan repayment rates may decline and in falling interest
rate environments, loan repayment rates may increase.

29

We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking

services, and our failure to compete effectively with these companies could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We conduct our operations primarily in California. The banking and financial services businesses in
California are highly competitive and increased competition within California may result in reduced loan
originations and deposits. Ultimately, we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future
competitors. Many competitors offer the types of loans and banking services that we offer in our service areas.
These competitors include national banks, regional banks and other community banks. We also face competition
from many other types of financial institutions, including saving and loan associations, finance companies,
brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit union, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. In
particular, our competitors include financial institutions whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace
advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous banking locations and mount extensive promotional and
advertising campaigns. Areas of competition include interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain loan
and deposit customers and a range in quality of products and services provided, including new technology-driven
products and services. Competitive conditions may intensify as continued merger activity in the financial
services industry produces larger, better-capitalized and more geographically diverse companies. Additionally,
banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank
regulatory restrictions may have larger lending limits which would allow them to serve the credit needs of larger
customers. These institutions, particularly to the extent they are more diversified than we are, may be able to
offer the same loan products and services we offer at more competitive rates and prices.

We also face competition from out-of-state financial intermediaries that have opened loan production
offices or that solicit deposits in our market areas. If we are unable to attract and retain banking customers, we
may be unable to continue our loan growth and level of deposits, and our business, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

If our underwriting practices are not effective, we may suffer losses in our loan portfolio and our

results of operations may be harmed.

We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting practices.

Depending on the type of loan, these practices include analysis of a borrower’s prior credit history, financial
statements, tax returns and cash flow projections, valuation of collateral based on reports of independent
appraisers and verification of liquid assets. Although we believe that our underwriting criteria are appropriate for
the types of loans we make, we cannot assure you that they will be effective in mitigating all risks. If our
underwriting criteria prove to be ineffective, we may incur losses in our loan portfolio, and these losses may
exceed the amounts set aside as reserves in our allowance for loan losses.

If our allowance for loan and lease losses is inadequate to cover actual losses, our financial results

would be harmed.

A significant source of risk arises from the possibility that we could sustain losses because borrowers,

guarantors and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans and leases. The
underwriting and credit monitoring policies and procedures that we have adopted to address this risk may not
prevent unexpected losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results
of operations and cash flows. Unexpected losses may arise for a wide variety of reasons, many of which are
beyond our ability to predict, influence or control. Some of these reasons could include a prolonged economic
downturn in the State of California, a decline in the California real estate market, changes in the interest rate
environment, adverse economic conditions in Asia and natural disasters.

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for loan and
lease defaults and non-performance. Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover actual

30

loan and lease losses, and future provisions for loan and lease losses could materially and adversely affect our
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Our allowance for loan and lease losses
reflects our best estimate of the losses inherent in the existing loan and lease portfolio at the relevant balance
sheet date and is based on management’s evaluation of the collectibility of the loan and lease portfolio, which
evaluation is based on historical loss experience and other significant factors. The determination of an
appropriate level of loan and lease loss allowance is an inherently difficult process and is based on numerous
assumptions. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions,
including changes in interest rates, that may be beyond our control and these losses may exceed current
estimates. While we believe that our allowance for loan and lease losses is adequate to cover current losses, we
cannot assure you that we will not increase the allowance for loan and lease losses further or that regulators will
not require us to increase our allowance. Either of these occurrences could materially adversely affect our
business, financial condition and results of operations would not affect cash flow directly.

If the risks inherent in construction lending are realized, our net income could be adversely affected.

At December 31, 2006, our construction loans were $271.0 million, or 27% of our total loans and leases
held, and the average loan size of our construction loans was $2.7 million. The risks inherent in construction
lending include, among other things, the possibility that contractors may fail to complete, or fail to complete on a
timely basis, construction of the relevant properties; substantial cost overruns in excess of original estimates and
financing; market deterioration during construction; and a lack of permanent take-out financing. Loans secured
by these properties also involve additional risk because the properties have no operating histories. In these loans,
funds are advanced upon the security of the project under construction, which is of uncertain value prior to
completion of construction, and the estimated operating cash flow to be generated by the completed project. The
borrowers’ ability to repay their obligations to us and the value of our security interest in the collateral will be
materially adversely affected if the projects do not generate sufficient cash flow by being either sold or leased.

If the appraised value of our real property collateral is greater than the proceeds we realize from a

sale or foreclosure of the property, we may suffer a loss in our loan portfolio.

In considering whether to make a loan on or secured by real property, we require an appraisal on such
property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made.
If the appraisal does not reflect the amount that may be obtained upon any sale or foreclosure of the property, we
may not realize an amount equal to the indebtedness secured by the property and we may suffer a loss in our loan
portfolio.

Adverse economic conditions in Asia could impact our business adversely.

We estimate that at December 31, 2006, approximately 66% of our non-governmental deposits and 22% of

our loans were with customers from the Chinese-American market. We believe these customers maintain
significant ties to many Asian countries and, therefore, could be affected by economic and other conditions in
those countries. We cannot predict the behavior of the Asian economies. U.S. economic policies, the economic
policies of countries in Asia, domestic unrest and/or military tensions, crises in leadership succession, currency
devaluations, and an unfavorable global economic condition may among other things adversely impact the Asian
economies. We generally do not loan to customers or take collateral located outside of Southern California.
However, if Asian economic conditions should deteriorate, we could experience an outflow of deposits by our
Chinese-American customers. In addition, adverse economic conditions could prevent or delay these customers
from meeting their obligations to us. This may adversely impact the recoverability of investments with or loans
made to these customers. Adverse economic conditions may also negatively impact asset values and the
profitability and liquidity of companies operating in Asia, which will also impact the Bank’s liquidity.

At December 31, 2006, approximately $86.1million, or 9%, of our loan portfolio consisted of loans made to

finance international trade activities. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates,

31

governmental regulation of international trade activities, currency valuation, price competition, competition from
other financial institutions and general economic and political conditions could negatively impact the amount of
goods imported to and exported from the United States, the ability of borrowers to repay loans made by us, and
the number and extent of importers’ and exporters’ need for our trade finance activities. It is possible that if the
U.S. dollar weakens against other foreign currencies, the cost of imported goods will increase, which could have
an adverse impact on some of our customers who import goods for resale in the United States. Such factors could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we cannot attract deposits, our growth may be inhibited.

We plan to increase significantly the level of our assets, including our loan portfolio. Our ability to increase

our asset base depends in large part on our ability to attract additional deposits at attractive rates. We intend to
seek additional deposits by continuing to establish and strengthening our personal relationships with our
customers and by offering deposit products that are competitive with those offered by other financial institutions
in our markets. We cannot assure you that these efforts will be successful. Our inability to attract additional
deposits at competitive rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.

We rely primarily on large certificates of deposits to fund our operations, and the potential volatility
of such deposits and the unavailability of any such funds in the future could adversely impact our growth
strategy and prospects.

We primarily rely on deposits, in particular certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, or Jumbo CDs, to
fund our operations. At December 31, 2006, we held $619.1 million of Jumbo CDs, representing 53% of total
deposits. These deposits are considered by the banking industry to be volatile and could be subject to withdrawal.
Withdrawal of a material amount of such deposits would adversely impact our liquidity, profitability, business,
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our inability to raise additional capital when needed or on favorable terms could inhibit our growth

and could harm our operations.

To the extent that our deposits and total assets continue to grow, we may need to increase our capital in

order to maintain our compliance with regulatory capital requirements. We may also need additional capital to
fund growth in our loan portfolio or in the event we are unable to attract sufficient deposits in order to fund our
growth. We cannot predict the timing and amount of our future capital requirements. If our capital needs exceed
our earnings, we may seek funding through the capital markets; however, we may not be able to obtain capital
when we need to or when it would be advantageous for us to do so. Failure to raise capital when needed could
limit or eliminate our ability to grow, or in extreme instances, materially adversely affect our operations.
Moreover, even if capital is available, it may be upon terms that are not favorable to existing common
shareholders and could dilute their interest.

Our inability to manage our growth could harm our business.

Our financial performance and profitability depend on our ability to execute our corporate growth strategy.

We anticipate that our asset size and deposit base will continue to grow over time, perhaps significantly. In
addition to seeking deposit and loan and lease growth in our existing markets, we intend to pursue expansion
opportunities through strategically placed new branches, or by acquiring branch locations that we find attractive.
Continued growth, however, may present operating and other integration problems. Our growth plans may place
a strain on our administrative, operational, staffing and financial resources and increase demands on our systems
and controls. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we will be required to, among
other things:

•

improve existing and implement new transaction processing, operational and financial systems,
procedures and controls;

32

•

•

maintain effective underwriting guidelines; and

expand our employee base and train and manage this growing employee base.

The following risks, associated with our growth, internally or by acquisition, could have a material adverse

effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the potential disruption of our ongoing business

our inability to continue to upgrade or maintain effective operating and financial control systems

our inability to recruit and hire necessary personnel or to integrate successfully new personnel into our
operations

our inability to integrate successfully the operations of [acquired businesses] or to manage our growth
effectively

[the inability of our management to maximize our financial and strategic position after acquisitions by
successful implementation of uniform product offerings and the incorporation of uniform technology
into our produce offerings, services and control systems]

the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies and the impairment of
relationships with employees and customers as a result of changes in management

our inability to respond promptly or adequately to the emergence of unexpected expansion difficulties

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems
encountered in connection with implementing our internal growth strategies. If we are unable to manage our
growth effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially
adversely affected.

We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology from

third-party service providers, and we may suffer an interruption in or break of those systems.

We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology from third-
party service providers, and we may suffer an interruption in or break of those systems that may result in lost
business and we may not be able to obtain substitute providers on terms that are as favorable if our relationships
with our existing service providers are interrupted. We rely heavily on third-party service providers for much of
our communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology, including customer
relationship management, general ledger, deposit, servicing and loan origination systems. Any failure or
interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or interruptions in our customer
relationship management, general ledger, deposit, servicing and/or loan origination systems. We cannot assure
you that such failures or interruptions will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed
by us or the third parties on which we rely. The occurrence of any failures or interruptions could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. If any of our third-party
service providers experience financial, operational or technological difficulties, or if there is any other disruption
in our relationships with them, we may be required to locate alternative sources of such services, and we cannot
assure you that we could negotiate terms that are as favorable to us, or could obtain services with similar
functionality as found in our existing systems without the need to expend substantial resources, if at all. Any of
these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.

The U.S. government’s monetary policies or changes in those policies could have a major effect on our

operating results, and we cannot predict what those policies will be or any changes in such policies or the
effect of such policies on us.

Our earnings will be affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the

U.S. government and its agencies. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Bank, or the FRB, have had, and

33

will continue to have, an important effect on the operating results of commercial banks and other financial
institutions through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb
inflation or combat a recession.

The monetary policies of the FRB, effected principally through open market operations and regulation of the

discount rate and reserve requirements, have had major effects upon the levels of bank loans, investments and
deposits. For example, in 2004-2006, seventeen increases in the Fed Funds rate by the Federal Open Market
Committee placed tremendous pressure on the profitability of many financial institutions because of the resulting
contraction of net interest margins. It is not possible to predict the nature or effect of future changes in monetary
and fiscal policies.

We are subject to extensive government regulation which may hamper our ability to increase our

assets and earnings and could result in a decrease in the value of your shares.

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities and
are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on
part or all of our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations and
supervisory guidance and policies applicable to us are subject to regular modification and change, which may
have the effect of increasing or decreasing the cost of doing business, modifying permissible activities or
enhancing the competitive position of other financial institutions. These laws are primarily intended for the
protection of consumers, depositors and the deposit insurance funds and not for the protection of shareholders of
bank holding companies or banks. Perennially, various laws, rules and regulations are proposed which, if
adopted, could impact our operations by making compliance much more difficult or expensive, restricting our
ability to originate or sell loans or further restricting the amount of interest or other charges or fees earned on
loans or other products. . We cannot assure you that these proposed laws, rules and regulations or any other laws,
rules or regulations will not be adopted in the future, which could make compliance much more difficult or
expensive, restrict our ability to originate loans, further limit or restrict the amount of commissions, interest or
other charges earned on loans originated by us or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.

We are exposed to risk of environmental liability with respect to properties to which we take title.

In the course of our business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing our loans. If

hazardous substances were discovered on any of the properties, we may be held liable to governmental entities or
to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in
connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic
substances or chemical releases at a property. Many environmental laws can impose liability regardless of
whether we knew of or were responsible for the contamination. In addition, if we arrange for the disposal of
hazardous or toxic substances at another site, we may be liable for the costs of cleaning up and removing those
substances from the site, even if we neither own nor operate the disposal site. Environmental laws may require us
to incur substantial expenses and may materially limit use of properties we acquire through foreclosure, reduce
their value or limit our ability to sell them in the event of a default on the loans they secure. In addition, future
laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our
exposure to environmental liability.

Negative publicity could damage our reputation.

Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from negative publicity or public opinion, is inherent

in our business. Negative publicity or public opinion could adversely affect our ability to keep and attract
customers and expose us to adverse legal and regulatory consequences. Negative public opinion could result
from our actual or perceived conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate

34

governance, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and disclosure, sharing or inadequate protection of
customer information, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in
response to that conduct.

The threat of terrorism has depressed the economy generally and could worsen, particularly if there

are further terrorist events.

The terrorist attacks and international conflicts of recent years have resulted in continued uncertainty
regarding the economic outlook of the United States. The possibility of further terrorist attacks, as well as
continued terrorist threats, may prolong the depth and length of this economic uncertainty. Future terrorist acts
and responses to such activities could adversely affect us in a number of ways, including an increase in
delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults that could result in a higher level of non-performing assets, net charge-
offs and provision for loan losses.

Executive Officers of the Bank

The following table sets forth our executive officers, their positions and their ages. Each officer is appointed

by our Board of Directors and serves at their pleasure.

Name

Age (1)

Position with Bank

Li Yu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

[66] Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

Walt Duchanin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Edward J. Czajka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Nick Pi

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

[53]

[42]

[46]

Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Executive Vice President and Group Manager

(1) As of March 29, 2007

Li Yu has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since 1993. From December 1991 to the present,

he has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors. From 1987 to 1991, he was involved in several privately
held companies of which he was the owner. From 1982 to 1987, he served as Chairman of the Board of
California Pacific National Bank, which became a part of Bank of America. Mr. Yu received a Masters of
Business Administration, or MBA, from the University of California, Los Angeles. He was also the past
President of the National Association of Chinese American Bankers, and is currently a member of the Board of
Visitors of UCLA’s Anderson Graduate School of Management.

Edward J. Czajka has been Senior Vice president and Chief Financial Officer since 2006. Before joining
Preferred Bank, Mr. Czajka was Chief Financial Officer of Presidio Bank, a San Francisco-based bank that was
then in organization. In this capacity, he was responsible for overall operations implementation and all back
office functions including information technology, human resources, accounting and branch operations. Prior to
this, Mr. Czajka was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of North Valley Bancorp, a publicly-
traded multi-bank holding company located in Redding, California. From 1994 through 2000, Mr. Czajka held
the position of Vice President, Corporate Controller for Pacific Capital Bancorp in Santa Barbara, California.

Walter Duchanin has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer since 1995 and our
Senior Vice President and Senior Loan Officer from 1992 to 1995. From 1988 to 1992, he was the Senior Vice
President and Credit Administrator of Simi Valley Bank, and from 1983 to 1988, he was Group Vice President of
Marathon National Bank. Mr. Duchanin’s banking experience also includes American International Bank and
Bank of America. Mr. Duchanin received a Bachelors of Science degree in finance from USC.

Nick Pi has been our Executive Vice President and Group Manager since 2006 and our Senior Vice
President and Corporate Banking Officer from 2003 to 2006. Before joining Preferred Bank, Mr. Pi was the

35

Senior Vice President and Commercial Real Estate Lending Team Leader of Chinatrust Bank (U.S.A.) from 2000
to 2003. Prior to this, he held various corporate titles from Assistant Vice President to Senior Vice President at
Chinatrust bank (U.S.A.), mainly in the branch operation and lending fields from 1995 to 2000. His lending and
credit experience also includes Grand Pacific Financing Corporation from 1989 to 1995, an affiliate of China
Trust Group. Mr. Pi received a BA degree in Business School from NTU, Taiwan and a MBA degree from ESU.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We do not own any of our offices or other facilities. Our corporate headquarters and main branch are located

at 601 S. Figueroa Street, 20th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90017. The lease for this floor extends until
August 31, 2008, with one option for us to extend the term of the lease for five years. The total lease expenses for
2006 was $313,000 related to this lease.

At December 31, 2006, we maintained ten full-service branch offices in Alhambra, Century City, City of
Industry, Torrance, Arcadia, Irvine, Diamond Bar, Valencia, Santa Monica and Chino, California all of which we
lease. We believe that no single lease is material to our operations.

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our present purposes. We believe that, if necessary,

we could secure alternative facilities on similar terms without adversely affecting our operations. Total lease
expense was $1,308,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $1,235,000 for December 31, 2005.

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our present purposes. We believe that, if necessary,

we could secure alternative facilities on similar terms without adversely affecting our operations.

The following table provides certain information with respect to our leased branch locations.

Location

Address

Los Angeles County

Current Lease
Term
Expiration
Date

Square
Footage

Total Deposits
at
December 31,
2006

(In 000’s)

Alhambra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 E. Valley Blvd.
Arcadia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 S. Baldwin Avenue
Century City . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1801 Century Park East, Suite 100
City of Industry . . . . . . . . . . . 17515- A Colima Road
Diamond Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373 S. Diamond Bar Blvd.
Los Angeles (Head Office &

branch)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 S. Figueroa Street, 20th Floor

Santa Monica . . . . . . . . . . . . 524 Wilshire Blvd.
Torrance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3501 Sepulveda Blvd., Suite 107
Valencia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24501 Town Center Drive, Suite 103

03/31/09
02/28/08
06/30/11
03/14/15
11/30/09

08/31/08
08/31/12
06/30/16
11/30/11

6,000
2,600
4,416
5,610
3,440

15,648
1,355
4,800
2,926

$174,040
73,623
54,002
108,567
85,495

368,705
28,064
184,063
10,624

Orange County

Irvine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2301 Dupont Drive, Suite 150

05/31/09

3,584

50,385

San Bernardino County

Chino . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3926 Grand Avenue, #E

10/14/10

2,973

23,775

36

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time we are a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.
There are no pending legal proceedings or, to the best of our knowledge, threatened legal proceedings, to which
we are a party which may have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition, results of operations and
business prospects.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

There was no submission of matters to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the year ended

December 31, 2006.

37

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER

MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our Common Stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on February 15, 2005 under the
symbol “PFBC.” Prior to being listed on the Nasdaq National Market, our common stock was listed for trading
on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “PFBL.” While listed for trading on the OTC Bulletin Board, there
was limited trading at widely varying prices and on a number of days, there were no trades at all in our common
stock.

The initial public offering price of our common stock on February 14, 2005 was $25.33 per share. Our
common stock closed at $40.74 on March 29, 2007 and there were 10,414,132 outstanding shares of our common
stock. The number of shares and per share data has been adjusted to reflect our February 20, 2007 three-for-two
stock split effected in the form of a dividend.

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock for the periods indicated

as reported by the NASDAQ, as well as the cash dividends declared per share during the last two years:

2005

2006

First Quarter (1/1 – 2/14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First Quarter (2/15 – 3/31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Quarter
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

First Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Quarter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

High

Low

Cash
Dividends
Declared

$14.67
$30.00
$28.05
$28.67
$30.66

$34.00
$36.11
$41.53
$40.70

$14.67
$25.33
$24.67
$26.11
$26.17

$29.42
$32.91
$35.28
$35.29

—
$0.10
$0.10
$0.11
$0.12

$0.13
$0.13
$0.13
$0.14

The above sales prices and cash dividends declared per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to

reflect our February 2007 three-for-two stock split.

Holders

As of March 29, 2007, 10,414,132 shares of the Bank’s common stock were held by 131 shareholders of

record.

Dividends

On January 25, 2007 we declared a cash dividends in the amount of $0.17 per share, the cash dividend was

paid on March 07, 2007 to stockholders’ of record at the close of business on February 21, 2007.

We began paying dividends on a quarterly basis in the first quarter of 2005, subject to regulatory, capital

and contractual constraints. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will, however, be at the discretion
of our board of directors and will depend upon our earnings, financial condition, results of operations, capital
requirements, available investment opportunities, regulatory restrictions, contractual restrictions and other factors
that our board of directors may deem relevant. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that any stock or cash
dividends will be declared in the future, and if any are declared, what amount they will be.

38

Because we are a California state-chartered bank, our ability to pay dividends or make distributions to
shareholders is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial Code. California Financial Code
Section 642 restricts the amount available for cash dividends by state-chartered banks to the lesser of:
(1) retained earnings; or (2) the bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years (less any distributions to
shareholders made during such period).

However, Section 643 of the California Financial Code provides that notwithstanding the provisions of

Section 642, a state-chartered bank may, with the prior approval of the California Commissioner, make a
distribution to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding the greater of:

•

•

•

retained earnings;

net income for a bank’s last preceding fiscal year; or

net income of the bank for its current fiscal year.

If the California Commissioner finds that the shareholders’ equity of the Bank is not adequate or that the
payment of a dividend would be unsafe or unsound for the Bank, the California Commissioner may order the
Bank not to pay a dividend to the Bank’s shareholders.

As of December 31, 2006, we could have paid $38.5 million in dividends without the approval of the

California Commissioner.

In addition, under California law, the California Commissioner has the authority to prohibit a bank from

engaging in business practices which the California Commissioner considers to be unsafe or injurious to its
business or financial condition. It is possible, depending on our financial condition and other factors, that the
California Commissioner could assert that the payment of dividends or other payments to our shareholders might
under some circumstances be unsafe or injurious to our business or financial condition and prohibit such
payment.

The FDIC also has the authority to prohibit a bank from engaging in business practices which the FDIC

considers to be unsafe or unsound. It is possible, depending upon our financial condition and other factors, that
the FDIC could assert that the payment of dividends or other payments might under some circumstances be such
an unsafe or unsound practice and prohibit such payment.

Issuer’s Purchases of Equity Securities. We did not repurchase any of our equity securities during the

fourth quarter of 2006.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans.

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2006 regarding equity compensation plans

under which equity securities of the Bank were authorized for issuance.

Plan Category

Equity Incentive plans approved by security holders . . . . . . . .
Equity Incentive plans not approved by security holders . . . . .

Number of
Securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options (a)

964,500
—

964,500

Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding
options (b)

$20.67
—

Number of
securities
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans excluding
securities reflected
in column (a)
©

1,245,750
—

1,245,750

The shares data reflected above has been adjusted to reflect our February 20, 2007 three for two stock split

effected in the form of a dividend.

39

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph shows a comparison of stockholder return on the Bank’s common stock based on the
market price of the common stock assuming the reinvestment of dividends, for the period beginning February 15,
2005 assuming an investment of $100 in each as of February 15, 2005. The Bank is not included in either of
these indices. Total shareholder return for the Bank, as well as for the indices, is based on the cumulative amount
of dividends for a given period (assuming dividend reinvestment) and the difference between the share price at
the beginning and at the end of the period. This graph is historical only and may not be indicative of possible
future performance of the common stock.

Preferred Bank

Total Return Performance

Preferred Bank

NASDAQ Composite

NASDAQ Bank Index

SNL Bank and Thrift Index

170

160

150

140

130

120

110

100

e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

90
02/14/05

12/31/05

03/31/06

06/30/06

09/30/06

12/31/06

Index

02/14/05

12/31/05

03/31/06

06/30/06

09/30/06

12/31/06

Preferred Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NASDAQ Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NASDAQ Bank Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SNL Bank and Thrift Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00

118.52
106.60
101.37
102.84

135.03
113.40
107.36
106.04

143.94
105.45
106.56
108.20

161.58
109.82
109.89
114.51

162.47
117.68
115.38
120.17

Period Ending

40

 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table shows our selected historical financial data for the periods indicated. You should read

our selected historical financial data, together with the notes thereto, in conjunction with the more detailed
information in our financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Our financial condition data as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and our statement of income data for the

years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 have been derived from our audited historical financial
statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Our financial condition data as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and our statement of income data for
the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 have been derived from our audited historical financial statements
that are not included in this Form 10-K.

Financial Condition Data:

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investments securities available-for sale, at

fair value sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loans and leases, gross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and due from banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other real estate owned(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Statement of Income Data:

Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Net interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net interest income after provision for loan

and lease losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noninterest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before provision for income taxes . . .
Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

At or for the Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

2003

2002

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

$1,348,841
1,161,344

$1,136,720
975,467

$907,270
801,535

$761,825
662,812

$706,052
614,868

198,689
997,317
26,878
—
145,932

90,262
31,424

58,838
1,960

56,878
3,028
20,017

39,889
16,538

162,935
771,143
25,123
—
123,846

164,635
615,961
35,212
8,258
76,808

155,869
504,053
22,960
8,258
67,736

97,961
448,512
24,351
8,188
59,918

$

60,082
16,062

44,020
2,110

41,910
3,868
17,571

28,207
11,382

$ 38,643
7,447

$ 34,376
8,696

$ 33,902
10,718

31,196
1,550

25,680
2,100

23,184
10,146

29,646
4,199
15,339

18,506
7,354

23,580
4,923
13,774

14,729
5,696

13,038
4,514
10,261

7,291
2,888

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

23,351

$

16,825

$ 11,152

$

9,033

$

4,403

41

Share Data:

Net income per share, basic(2)(10) . . . . . . $

2.29 $

1.72 $

1.35 $

1.11 $

0.54

At or for the Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

2003

2002

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Net income per share, diluted(2)(10)
Book value per share(3)(10)
Shares outstanding at period end(10)
Weighted average number of shares

. . . . $
. . . . . . . . . . . $

2.21 $
14.20 $

1.65 $
12.34 $

1.28 $
9.22 $

1.05 $
8.28 $

. . .

10,274,706

10,037,856

8,331,273

8,182,473

0.51
7.38
8,122,923

outstanding, basic(2)(10) . . . . . . . . . . . .

10,194,515

9,782,645

8,277,597

8,160,479

8,097,171

Weighted average number of shares

outstanding, diluted(2)(10)
Selected Other Balance Sheet Data(4):

. . . . . . . . . .

10,556,282

10,195,958

8,713,851

8,573,313

8,586,279

Average assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,180,749 $ 1,006,222 $ 840,265 $ 752,097 $ 679,185
636,053
Average earning assets . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60,285
Average shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . .

1,142,126
134,384

969,019
110,250

791,227
71,896

707,588
63,704

Selected Financial Ratios(4):

Return on average assets . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return on average shareholders’

equity(3)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shareholders’ equity to assets(5)
. . . . . .
Net interest margin(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Efficiency ratio(7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selected Asset Quality Ratios:

Non-performing loans to total loans and
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

leases(8)

Non-performing assets to total

assets(9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Allowance for loan and lease losses to

total loans and leases . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Allowance for loan and lease losses to

non-performing loans . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average
loans and leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.98%

1.67%

1.33%

1.20%

0.65%

17.38
10.82
5.15
32.35

15.26
10.90
4.54
36.69

15.51
8.47
3.94
43.34

14.18
8.89
3.63
45.01

7.30
8.49
3.65
37.05

0.11%

— %

0.06%

0.20%

1.43%

0.08

1.03

—

1.16

0.95

1.09

1.22

1.22

2.05

2.06

913.93

—

1,758.64

616.80

144.23

0.08

(0.02)

0.18

1.11

1.38

(1) These amounts include all property held by us as a result of foreclosure.
(2) Net income per share, basic is based on the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income per

share, diluted is based on the weighted average shares of common stock plus common stock equivalents determined using the treasury
stock method.

(3) Book value per share represents our shareholders’ equity divided by the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding at the

end of the period indicated (exclusive of shares exercisable under our stock option plans).

(4) Average balances used in this chart and throughout this annual report are based on daily averages. Percentages as used throughout this

annual report have been rounded to the closest whole number, tenth or hundredth as the case may be.

(5) For a discussion of the components of the capital ratios, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results

of Operations—Capital Resources.”

(6) Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average total interest-earning assets.
(7) The efficiency ratio is the ratio of noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income before the provision for credit losses

plus noninterest income.

(8) Non-performing loans consist of loans on nonaccrual and loans past due 90 days or more and restructured debt.
(9) Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans, restructured debt and other real estate owned.
(10) Adjusted to reflect 3 for 2 stock split effected in the form of a dividend, distributed on February 20, 2007.

42

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our discussion and analysis of earnings and related financial data are presented herein to assist investors in

understanding the financial condition of our Company at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of
operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. This discussion should be read in conjunction
with the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes of our Company presented elsewhere herein.
Historical share and per share data has been adjusted to reflect our February 2007 three for two stock split.

Overview

We are a California chartered, full-service commercial bank focused on the Chinese-American market. We
conduct our banking business from our headquarters in Los Angeles, and through our eleven full-service branch
banking offices located in Alhambra, Century City, City of Industry, Torrance, Arcadia, Irvine, Diamond Bar,
Valencia, Santa Monica and Chino, California.

We derive our income primarily from interest received on our loan and investment securities portfolios, and

fee income we receive in connection with servicing our loan and deposit customers. Our major operating
expenses are the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, and the salaries and related benefits we pay our
management and staff. We rely primarily on locally-generated deposits, most of which we receive from the
Chinese-American market within Southern California, to fund our loan and investment activities.

One of our strategic goals is to focus on improving profitability while achieving reasonable but controlled
asset growth. To attain this goal, we plan to continue to expand our branch network in Southern California. In
December 2002, we established a branch office in Diamond Bar and in January 2004, we opened our Valencia
Branch. To further expand our franchise, we opened our Santa Monica and Chino Branches in April and
December 2005, respectively.

For the year-ended December 31, 2006 the Bank recorded net earnings of $23.4 million as compared to
$16.8 million for December 31, 2005 representing a 39% increase from 2005. The increase in net earnings during
2006 is primarily due to an increase in our net interest income as a result of growth in our loan and deposit
portfolio and the Bank’s asset sensitive balances in the rising interest rate environment. See—“Results of
Operation”.

For the year-ended December 31, 2005 the Bank recorded net earnings of $16.8 million as compared to
$11.2 million for December 31, 2004 representing a 51% increase from 2004. The increase in net earnings during
2005 is primarily due to an increase in our net interest income as a result of growth in our loan and deposit
portfolio and the Bank’s asset sensitive balances in the rising interest rate environment.

In response to changes in interest rates, we changed the mix of our assets by accelerating the growth of our

loan originations, especially commercial real estate loans, reducing the amount of federal funds sold and
investing in higher-yielding investment securities. We expect to continue to shift our asset mix in this manner for
the foreseeable future subject to changes in market conditions and other factors described in this annual report.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our accounting policies are integral to understanding the financial results reported. Our most complex
accounting policies require management’s judgment to ascertain the valuation of assets, liabilities, commitments
and contingencies. We have established detailed policies and control procedures that are intended to ensure
valuation methods are well controlled and consistently applied from period to period. In addition, these policies
and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate
manner. The following is a brief description of our current accounting policies involving significant management
valuation judgments.

43

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses, or ALLL, represents our best estimate of losses inherent in the

existing loan and lease portfolio. The allowance for loan and lease losses is increased by the provision for loan
and lease losses charged to expense and reduced by loans and leases charged off, net of recoveries.

We evaluate our allowance for loan and lease losses quarterly. We believe that the allowance for loan and

lease losses is a “critical accounting estimate” because it is based upon management’s assessment of various
factors affecting the collectibility of the loans and leases, including current economic conditions, past credit
experience, delinquency status, the value of the underlying collateral, if any, and a continuing review of the
portfolio of loans and leases.

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an ALLL based on a number of quantitative and qualitative
factors. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectibility of the loan and
lease portfolio and that evaluation is based on historical loss experience and other significant factors. These other
significant factors include the level and trends in delinquent, non-accrual and adversely classified loans and
leases, trends in volume and terms of loans and leases, levels and trends in credit concentrations, effects of
changes in underwriting standards, policies, procedures and practices, national and local economic trends and
conditions, changes in capabilities and experience of lending management and staff and other external factors
including industry conditions, competition and regulatory requirements.

We cannot provide you with any assurance that further economic difficulties or other circumstances which

would adversely affect our borrowers and their ability to repay outstanding loans and leases will not occur. These
difficulties or other circumstances could result in increased losses in our loan and lease portfolio, which could
result in actual losses that exceed reserves previously established.

Investment Securities

We assess, at each reporting date, whether there is an “other-than-temporary” impairment to our investment

securities. Such impairment is recognized in current earnings rather than in other comprehensive income. We
examine all individual securities that are in an unrealized loss position at each reporting date for other-than-
temporary impairment. Specific investment level factors we examine to assess impairment include the severity
and duration of the loss, an analysis of the issuer of the securities and if there has been any cause for default on
the securities and any change in the rating of the securities by the various rating agencies. Additionally, we
reexamine the financial resources and overall ability the Bank has and the intent management has to hold the
securities until their fair values recover.

In November 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position (“FSP”) Nos. FAS 115-1 and 124-1 to address the
determination as to when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary
and the measurement of an impaired loss. This FSP nullified certain requirements of Emerging Issues Task Force
03-1 The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments (EITF
03-1), and references existing guidance on other than temporary impairment. Furthermore, this FSP creates a
three step process in determining when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other
than temporary, and the recognition of impairment loss equal to the difference between the investment’s cost and
it’s fair value. The FSP is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of this
FSP did not have a material impact material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of
operations.

Stock Split Effected in the form of a Stock Dividend

On January 25, 2007 Preferred Bank announced that its Board of Directors had approved a 3-for-2 stock

split to be effected in the form of stock a dividend. Each stockholder of record at the close of business on

44

February 5, 2007 received one additional share of common stock for every two shares of common stock that they
owned as of such date. The additional shares were distributed on February 20, 2007. A stockholder who would
otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional share of common stock received in lieu thereof, cash in a
proportional amount based on the closing price of the common stock on the Nasdaq Stock Exchange on the
record date. After giving effect to the stock split, we have retroactively adjusted the number of common shares
outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005 to 10,274,632 and 10,037,782, respectively. Accordingly, all
references in the accompanying statement of financial condition, results of operations and statement of changes
in shareholders’ equity to the number of common stock shares and earnings per share amounts have been
retroactively adjusted for all period presented.

Results of Operations

The following tables summarize key financial results for the periods indicated:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income per share, basic(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income per share, diluted(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return on average assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return on average shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

(Dollars in thousands,
except per share data)
$11,152
$16,825
$23,351
1.35
$
1.72
$
2.29
$
1.28
1.65
2.21
$
$
$
$
1.33%
1.67% $
1.98% $
$ 17.38% $ 15.26% $ 15.51%

(1) Adjusted to reflect 3 for 2 stock split, effected in the form of dividend, distributed on February 20, 2007.

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005

Statement of Income Data:
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noninterest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

Increase
(Decrease)

(Dollars in thousands,
except per share data)

$90,262
31,424

$60,082
16,062

$30,180
15,362

58,838
1,960

56,878
3,028
20,017

39,889
16,538

44,020
2,110

41,910
3,868
17,571

28,207
11,382

14,818
(150)

14,968
(840)
2,446

11,682
5,156

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$23,351

$16,825

$ 6,526

Net income per share, basic(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income per share, diluted(1)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

2.29

2.21

$

$

1.72

$ 0.57

1.65

$ 0.56

(1) Adjusted to reflect 3 for 2 stock split, effected in the form of dividend distributed on February 20, 2007.

Net income increased 39% to $23.4 million, or $2.21 per diluted share, for the year-ended December 31,

2006, from $16.8 million, or $1.65 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2005. Our return on
average assets was 1.98% and return on average shareholders’ equity was 17.38% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, compared to 1.67% and 15.26%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2005.

45

Net income improved significantly in 2006 from 2005, principally as a result of an increase in net interest

income by $14.8 million, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense by $2.4 million and an increase in
the provision for income taxes by $5.2 million.

The $14.8 million, or 34%, increase in net interest income was primarily as a result of the growth in the loan

portfolio across all loan products coupled with a 61 basis point improvement in our net interest margin. Our
overall cost of funds in 2006 increased by 152 basis points to 3.83%, compared to 2.31% for 2005. The combined
impact of a rising interest rate environment and increased competition in the deposit market were the primary
drivers of our increased cost of funds during 2006.

As of December 31, 2006, 85% of our loan portfolio was tied to the Prime Rate, which has the potential to
reprice daily, and 13% was tied to the London Interbank Offer Rate, or LIBOR, or other indices, which reprice
periodically. Approximately 37% of our loan portfolio had a floor interest rate at various levels, which would
provide us with some protection in a falling interest rate environment should the Prime Rate decline to a level
below the floor interest rate. Approximately 1% of our loan portfolio had interest rate ceilings at various rates
limiting the amount of interest rate increases that can be passed on to the borrower. Our weighted average
maturity of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2006 was 4 months. As a result, our interest-bearing liabilities
generally reprice slower than our loan portfolio and our net income should be positively impacted by a rising
interest rate environment.

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004

Statement of Income Data:
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net interest income after provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noninterest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2005

2004

Increase
(Decrease)

(Dollars in thousands,
except per share data)

$60,082
16,062

$38,643
7,447

$21,439
8,615

44,020
2,110

41,910
3,868
17,571

28,207
11,382

31,196
1,550

29,646
4,199
15,339

18,506
7,354

12,824
560

12,264
(331)
2,232

9,701
4,028

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$16,825

$11,152

$ 5,673

Net income per share, basic(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income per share, diluted(1)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

1.72

1.65

$

$

1.35

$ 0.37

1.28

$ 0.37

(1) Adjusted to reflect 3 for 2 stock split, effected in the form of dividend distributed on February 20, 2007.

Net income increased 50.9% to $16.8 million, or $1.65 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31,

2005, from $11.2 million, or $1.28 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2004. Our return on
average assets was 1.67% and return on average shareholders’ equity was 15.26% for the year ended
December 31, 2005, compared to 1.33% and 15.51%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2004.

46

Net income improved significantly in 2005 from 2004, principally as a result of an increase in net interest

income of $12.8 million, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense of $2.2 million and increase in
provision for income taxes of $4.0 million.

The $12.8 million, or 41.1%, increase in net interest income primarily resulted from increased loan volume,

in particular commercial real estate loans, and a 15 basis point improvement in net interest margin. Our overall
cost of funds in 2005 increased by 106 basis points to 2.31%, compared to 1.25% for 2004. The combined impact
of an increasing interest rate environment and increased competition in the deposit market were the primary
drivers of our increased cost of funds during 2005.

As of December 31, 2005, 89% of our loan portfolio was tied to the Prime Rate, which reprices daily, and

9% was tied to the London Interbank Offer Rate, or LIBOR, or other indices, which reprice periodically.
Approximately 36% of our loan portfolio had a floor interest rate at various levels, which can provide us with
protection in a falling interest rate environment should the Prime Rate decline to a level below the floor interest
rate. Approximately 2% of our loan portfolio had interest rate ceilings at various rates limiting the amount of
interest rate increases that can be passed on to the borrower. Our weighted average maturity of certificates of
deposit at December 31, 2005 was 4 months. As a result, our interest-bearing liabilities generally reprice much
slower than our loan portfolio and our net income should be positively impacted by a rising interest rate
environment.

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005

Net interest income before the provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased

$14.8 million, or 34%, from $44.0 million to $58.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase
was due to an increase in interest income of $30.2 million, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of
$15.4 million. Total interest expense increased primarily as a result of increases in interest rates on time
certificates of deposit maturing and being replaced at current prevailing rates. The $30.2 million increase in total
interest income was due to both an increase in interest rates and an increase in the volume of loans. Rising short-
term interest rates also contributed to the increase in total interest income.

The average yield on our interest-earning assets increased significantly to 7.93% in year ended

December 31, 2006 from 6.23% in the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase was mainly due to the rising
interest rate environment with lower rate loans maturing and being replaced by loans at higher prevailing rates, as
well as investment securities maturing or being called and reinvested at higher prevailing rates.

The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities increased to 3.83% in the year ended December 31, 2006
from 2.31% in the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase was primarily driven by rising interest rates with
lower cost time deposits maturing and being replaced at higher prevailing rates.

Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to 2004

Our net interest income before the provision for loan and lease losses for the year ended December 31, 2005

increased $12.8 million, or 41.1%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. This increase was due to
an increase in interest income of $21.4 million, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $8.6 million.
Total interest expense increased primarily as a result of increases in interest rates with time certificates of deposit
maturing and being replaced at current prevailing rates. The $21.4 million increase in total interest income was
due to both rising interest rates and an increase in the volume of loans.

The average yield on our interest-earning assets increased significantly to 6.23% in year ended

December 31, 2005 from 4.92% in the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase was mainly due to the rising

47

interest rate environment with lower rate loans maturing and being replaced by loans at higher prevailing rates, as
well as investment securities maturing or being called and reinvested at higher prevailing rates.

The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities increased to 2.31% for the year ended December 31, 2005
from 1.25% for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase was primarily driven by rising interest rates
with lower cost time deposits maturing and being replaced at higher prevailing rates. The increase in the ratio of
time certificates of deposit to average interest-bearing deposits from 70.88% to 72.57%, and the increase in the
cost of FHLB long-term borrowings all contributed to the increase in the cost of average interest-bearing
liabilities.

Our interest income, interest expense, net interest income, and net interest margin are influenced by the

distribution of our assets and liabilities and the income earned and costs incurred on such assets and liabilities.
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the information regarding the distribution of average
assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity, as well as the net interest income from average interest-earning assets
and the resulting yields expressed in percentages. Non-accrual loans are included in the calculation of average
loans and leases while non-accrued interest thereon is excluded from the computation of yields earned.

48

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Year Ended December 31, 2005 Year Ended December 31, 2004

Average
Balance

Interest
Income or
Expense

Average
Yield or
Cost

Average
Balance

Interest
Income or
Expense

Average
Yield or
Cost

Average
Balance

Interest
Income or
Expense

Average
Yield or
Cost

(Dollars in thousands)

ASSETS:
Interest-earning assets:

Loans and leases(2)(3)
Investments securities(1)
. . .
Federal funds sold . . . . . . . .
Certificate of deposits with

. . . . . . $ 867,672
179,533
89,332

other banks . . . . . . . . . . .
Other earning assets(4) . . . . .

2,401
3,590

Total interest-earning

$77,186
8,714
4,377

8.90% $ 692,320
166,991
4.85
101,754
4.90

$50,443
6,445
3,264

7.29% $541,402
159,229
3.86
81,948
3.21

$32,048
5,570
1,105

5.92%
3.50
1.35

108
189

4.50
5.26

4,716
3,238

144
108

3.05
3.34

6,390
2,258

133
85

2.08
3.76

assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,142,528

90,574

7.93

969,019

60,404

6.23

791,227

38,941

4.92

Noninterest earning assets:

Cash and due from banks . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . .

24,228
13,993

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,180,749

LIABILITIES AND

SHAREHOLDERS’
EQUITY

Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits:

23,873
13,330

$1,006,222

29,590
19,448

$840,265

Interest-bearing demand . . .
Money market . . . . . . . . . . .
Savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time certificates of

26,353
106,962
67,317

316
2,140
2,427

deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

597,504

25,675

Total interest-bearing

deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-term borrowings . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt

798,136
1,071
21,233

30,558
58
808

1.20
2.00
3.61

4.30

3.83
5.42
3.81

Total interest-bearing

26,757
121,444
38,346

149
1,304
511

0.56
1.07
1.33

26,064
118,039
24,311

82
735
76

493,510

13,610

2.76

409,894

6,196

680,057
302
14,636

15,574
11
477

2.29
3.64
3.26

578,308
41
17,582

7,089
1
357

0.31
0.62
0.31

1.51

1.23
2.44
2.03

liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .

820,440

31,424

3.83

694,995

16,062

2.31

595,931

7,447

1.25

Non-interest-bearing liabilities:

Demand deposits . . . . . . . . .
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . .
Shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . .

207,685
18,237
1,046,362
134,387

Total liabilities and

shareholders’ equity . . . .

1,180,749

184,102
16,875
895,972
110,250

1,006,222

157,688
14,750
768,369
71,896

840,265

Net interest income . . . . . . . . . . .

59,150

44,342

31,494

Net interest spread . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net interest margin . . . . . . . . . . .

4.10
5.18%

3.92
4.58%

3.67
3.98%

(1) Yields on securities have been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis.
(2)
(3) Net loan and lease fees of $4.5 million, $3.1 million and $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,

Includes average non-accrual loans and leases.

respectively, are included in the yield computations.
Includes Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

(4)

49

As a result of the combination of (1) increased interest income, primarily due to increase loan volume and

rising interest rates and (2) increased interest expense at a smaller level in response to the increasing interest rate
environment , our net interest margin increased to 5.18% in 2006 from 4.58% in 2005.

In addition to the distribution, yields and costs of our assets and liabilities, our net income is also affected by

changes in the volume of and rates on our assets and liabilities. The following table shows the change in interest
income and interest expense and the amount of change attributable to variances in volume, rates and the
combination of volume and rates based on the relative changes of volume and rates.

Year Ended December 31,

2006 vs. 2005

2005 vs. 2004

Net Change

Rate

Volume Mix Net Change

Rate

Volume Mix

(In thousands)

Interest income:

Loans and leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . $26,743 $13,967 $12,776 $— $18,397 $ 8,336 $10,061 $—
281 —
1,785
Investment securities(1) . . . . . . . . .
Federal funds sold . . . . . . . . . . . .
322 —
1,511
Interest-bearing deposits with

484 —
(398) —

875
2,159

594
1,837

2,269
1,113

other banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other earning assets . . . . . . . . . . .

(36)
81

35
69

(71) —
12 —

11
21

52
(11)

(41) —
32 —

Total interest income . . . . . . . . . .

30,170

17,367

12,803 — 21,463

10,808

10,655 —

Interest expense:

Interest-bearing demand . . . . . . .
Money market
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time certificates of deposit . . . . .
Short-term borrowings . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt

167
836
1,916
12,065
47
331

169
991
1,530
9,197
19
116

(2) —
(155) —
386 —
2,868 —
28 —
215 —

Total interest expense . . . . . . . . .

15,362

12,023

3,339 —

67
569
435
7,414
10
120

8,615

65
547
370
5,943
1
188

7,113

2 —
22 —
65 —
1,471 —
9 —
(68) —

1,502 —

Net interest income . . . . . . . . . . . $14,808 $ 5,344 $ 9,464 $— $12,848 $ 3,695 $ 9,153 $—

(1) Amounts have been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis.

As reflected above, due to our decision to increase our loan originations and to change the mix of our
investment portfolio by increasing the amount of higher yielding investment securities, most of the increase in
the net interest income during 2006 was attributable to the increases in the rate on interest earning assets which
offset the increases in the cost of time certificates of deposit and savings.

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for loan and lease losses in each period is a charge against earnings in that period. The

provision is that amount required to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that, in
management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb loan and lease losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio.

The provision for credit losses for 2006 decreased slightly by $150,000 to $1.96 million from $2.11 million

for 2005. The bank’s net loans and lease charge-offs increased $768,000 to $663,000 during 2006 from a
$105,000 recovery in 2005. The decrease in the provision for credit losses during 2006 is the result of the
application management’s established allowance for loan and lease loss methodology. Although net loan and
lease charge-offs increased for the same period, the application of the methodology’s quantitative and qualitative
components resulted in management’s judgment that the provision and overall level of reserve is adequate for
losses inherent in the portfolio as of December 31, 2006.

50

The provision for loan and lease losses for 2005 was $2.1 million as compared to $1.6 million for 2004. In

2005, we experienced minimum net loan and lease recoveries of $105,000 as compared to net loan and lease
charge-offs of $1.0 million for 2004. The increase in our provision during 2005 represents the estimate of losses
inherent in the existing loan and lease portfolio that increased considerably from 2004.

Noninterest Income

We earn noninterest income primarily through fees related to:

•

•

•

•

services provided to deposit customers

services provided in connection with trade finance

services provided to current loan customers

increases in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance policies

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:

Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

Service charges and fees on deposit accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trade finance income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net other real estate owned income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(In thousands)
$2,297
707
312
195
356

$2,393
729
316
526
235

$1,660
777
326
—
265

Total noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3,028

$3,868

$4,199

Total noninterest income decreased by $840,000 or 28%, to $3.0 million during 2006 from $3.9 million
during 2005. The decrease in noninterest income was primarily attributed to a decrease in deposit service fee
income as a result of an increase in the Bank’s earnings allowance which customers earn on their deposits due to
the rising interest rate environment. In addition, in 2005 the Bank realized $195,000 in operating rental income
from other real estate owned (OREO) property sold in the first quarter of 2005.

Total noninterest income decreased by $331,000 or 7.9%, to $3.9 million during 2005 from $4.2 million

during 2004. The decline in noninterest income was attributed to a decrease in operating income from the other
real estate owned (OREO) property which was sold in the first quarter of 2005 and a decrease in deposit fee
income due to an increase in the Bank’s earnings allowance rate which customers earn on their deposits due to
the rising interest rate environment.

Our results can be influenced by the unpredictable nature of gains and losses in connection with the sale of
investment securities and other real estate owned. We do not engage in active securities trading; however, from
time to time we sell securities in our portfolio to realize gains. It is likely we may continue this practice in the
future. From time to time, we acquire real estate in connection with non-performing loan transactions, and sell
such real estate to recoup a portion of the principal amount of the defaulted loans. These sales can result in gains
or losses from time to time that are not expected to occur in predictable patterns during future periods.

Service charges on deposit accounts decreased primarily due to a decrease in account analysis fees

associated with demand deposit activities.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense is the cost, other than interest expense and the provision for loan and lease losses,

associated with providing banking and financial services to customers and conducting our business.

51

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:

Salaries and employee benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net occupancy expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business development and promotion expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Professional fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office supplies and equipment expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

$12,216
2,303
451
1,948
943
2,156

(In thousands)
$10,252
2,163
444
1,534
867
2,312

$ 9,741
1,826
250
855
754
1,913

Total noninterest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$20,017

$17,571

$15,339

Total noninterest expense increased $2.4 million, or 14% to $20.0 million during 2006 from $17.5 million
during 2005. Salaries and employee benefits increased $2.0 million, or 19%, primarily as a result of an increase
in the number of employees and employee benefits. We had 132 and 122 full-time equivalent employees at
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Also part of the increase in salary and employee benefits is due to
stock options expense recorded in 2006 in the amount of $752,000 as a result of adoption of SFAS 123R in 2006.
Professional fees increased by approximately $400,000 to $1.9 million during 2006 from $1.5 million in 2005
mainly due to the cost of preparation to implement section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as well as complying
with the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement or FDICIA and audit fees also
increased significantly in connection with additional reporting and compliance requirements as a public
company.

Total noninterest expense increased $2.2 million, or 14.6%, to $17.5 million during 2005 from $15.3 million

during 2004. Salaries and employee benefits increased approximately $500,000, or 5.2%, as a result of an
increase in the number of employees and employee benefits. We had 122 and 113 full-time equivalent employees
at December, 2005 and 2004, respectively. We also opened two new branch offices in 2005 which resulted in an
increase of the occupancy expense. Our professional fees included the audit fees also increased significantly in
connection with additional reporting and compliance requirements as a public company.

Provision for Income Taxes

We recorded an income tax provision of $16.5 million for 2006, $11.4 million for 2005 and $7.4 million for
2004. Our effective tax rates were 41.5%, 40.4% and 39.7% for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, as compared
to the statutory tax rate of 42.05%. The difference from the statutory rate for 2005 and 2004 is due to the
nontaxable nature of income from municipal securities and earnings on cash surrender value of Bank-Owned Life
Insurance. For 2006 the difference was due to the two items mentioned above as well as stock option expense
associated with the adoption of SFAS No.123R.

Financial Condition

For the period between December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, our assets, loans and deposits grew at

the rate of 18.6%, 29.3% and 19.1%, respectively. Our total assets at December 31, 2006 were $1.3 billion
compared to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2005. Our earning assets at December 31, 2006 totaled $1.3 billion
compared to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2005. Total deposits at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005
were $1.2 billion and $975.5 million, respectively.

52

Loans and Leases

The largest component of our assets and source of interest income is our loan portfolio. The following table

sets forth the amount of our loans and leases outstanding at the end of each of the periods indicated. We had no
foreign loans or energy-related loans as of the dates indicated.

Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

2003

2002

Loans and leases:
Real estate—mini-perm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Real estate—construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trade finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leases receivable and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$438,280
271,021
201,385
86,067
45
519

$372,251
171,646
149,428
76,700
121
997

$358,220
112,002
98,547
45,951
222
1,018

$250,993
94,816
117,607
37,829
348
2,460

$214,661
85,584
108,767
31,439
446
7,615

Total gross loans and leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: allowance for loan and lease losses . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred loan and lease fees, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

997,317
(10,236)
(1,759)

771,143
(8,939)
(1,537)

615,960
(6,724)
(2,383)

504,053
(6,168)
(1,395)

448,512
(9,257)
(1,212)

Total net loans and leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$985,322

$760,667

$606,853

$496,490

$438,043

Total gross loans and leases increased by $226.2 million, or 29.3% during 2006 from the prior year. This
growth partially reflects the strong commercial real estate market in Southern California during this period. This
follows a similar increase in our portfolio which the bank has been experiencing in recent years. We had an
increase of $155.2 million, or 25.2% between December 31, 2005 and 2004.

Our real estate mini-perm loan portfolio grew significantly during 2006 by $66.0 million or 17.7% to $438.3

million from $372.3 million at December 31, 2005. For the prior four years between 2005 and 2002 the growth
trend for our real estate mini-perm has been as follows: during the year 2005 it grew by $14.0 million, or
3.9%, million from $358.2 million at December 31, 2004, during 2004 it grew by $107.2 million, or 42.7%, from
$251.0 million at December 31, 2003, during 2003 it grew by $36.3 million, or 16.9% from $214.6 at
December 31, 2002. We believe this growth reflects a combination of our marketing efforts as well as a strong
real estate market.

The following table provides information about our real estate mini-perm portfolio by property type:

Property Type

At December 31, 2006

Percentage of Loans in
Each Category in Total
Loan Portfolio

Amount

(Dollars in thousands)

Commercial/Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retail
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Apartment 4+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residential 1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 75,456
67,857
64,594
25,019
52,043
153,311

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$438,280

7.56%
6.80
6.48
2.51
5.22
15.37

43.94%

During 2006 real estate construction loans grew by $99.4 million or 57.9% to $271.0 million at

December 31, 2006 from $171.6 million at December 31, 2005, and grew in 2005 by $59.6 million or 53.2%,
from $112.0 at December 31, 2006, and grew in 2004 by $17.2 million, or 18.1%, from $94.8 million at
December 31, 2003. We expect the construction portfolio will continue to grow subject to market conditions and
interest rates.

Commercial loans outstanding at December 31, 2006 increased significantly by $51.9 million, or 34.8%, to

$201.4 million at December 31, 2006 from $149.4 million at December 31, 2005, and increased by $50.9 million,

53

or 51.6%, to $149.4 million at December 31, 2005 from $98.5 million at December 31, 2004. Total commercial
loan commitments (including undisbursed amounts) at December 31, 2006 increased $90.8 million or 36.4% to
$340.2 from $249.4 million at December 31, 2005 while the rate of credit utilization remained about the same
level during 2006 and 2005 at 58.6% and 59.9%, respectively. We believe that this steady level of utilization of
commercial loans is due to the consistent demand by our larger distribution customers to increase their working
capital requirements. Subject to market conditions and interest rates, we intend to expand our commercial loans
in the future through enhanced marketing efforts and expansion of our branch network.

Trade finance loans increased $9.4 million or 12.2% during 2006 to $86.1 million from to $76.7 million at

December 31, 2005, and grew in 2005 by $30.7 million, or 66.9%, from $45.9 million at December 31, 2004. We
believe this increase is due to higher utilization of existing credit lines as well as the addition of new customers
comparable to that of our commercial loan customers as well as our continued caution in the application of our
underwriting standards. It is possible that if the U.S. dollar continues to weaken against other foreign currencies,
as it did during 2006, the cost of imported goods will increase, which could have an adverse impact on some of
our customers who import goods for resale in the United States.

Leases receivable and other loans declined during 2006 by $554,000, or 49.6%, to $564,000 at

December 31, 2006 and declined during 2005 by $21,000, or 2.1%, to $1.0 million from December 31, 2004. The
decrease in 2006 is attributed to a decrease in our overdraft balances due to its nature which fluctuate daily and
are included in other loans.

Non-Performing Assets

Generally, loans and leases are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days or more past due or
at such earlier time as management determines timely recognition of interest to be in doubt. Accrual of interest is
discontinued on a loan or lease when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions
and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful.

As of December 31, 2006, we had no OREO property outstanding. In 2005 we sold an OREO property that

had been generating income for the bank. For the year-ended December 31, 2006, we had no OREO income as
compared to $195,000 of OREO income realized for December 31, 2005 and $526,000 of OREO income realized
for the year-ended December 31, 2004.

We record OREO properties at the lower of the carrying value of the loan or fair market value of the

property based on current appraisals, less estimated selling costs.

The following table summarizes the loans and leases for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued
and loans and leases more than 90 days past due and still accruing interest, including those loans and leases that
have been restructured, and OREO:

Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

2003

2002

(Dollars in thousands)

Non-accrual loans and leases, not restructured . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,120
Accruing loans and leases past due 90 days or more . . . . . . . . —
Restructured loans and leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Total non-performing loans (NPLs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,120
OREO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
1,120
Total non-performing assets (NPAs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ —
—
—
—
—
$ —

$ 382
—
—
382
8,258(2)
$8,641

$1,000
—
—
1,000(1)
8,258(2)
$9,258

$ 6,235
—
—
6,235(1)
8,188(2)

$14,423

Selected ratios:
NPLs to total loans and leases held for investment
. . . . . . . . .
NPAs to total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

0.11% 0.00%
0.08% 0.00%

0.06%
0.95%

0.20%
1.22%

1.39%
2.04%

(1) Represents the UAL Leveraged Lease.
(2) Represents 60 Federal.

54

The amount of interest income that we would have recorded on the non-accrual and impaired loans and
leases had the loans and leases been current totaled $41,000, $0, $15,000, $132,000 and $26,000 for 2006, 2005,
2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively. All payments received on loans classified as non-accrual are applied first to
principal.

Impaired Loans and Leases

Impaired loans and leases are commercial, commercial real-estate, other real-estate related and individually
significant mortgage and consumer loans and leases for which it is probable that we will not be able to collect all
amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan or lease agreement. The category of impaired loans
and leases is not comparable with the category of non-accrual loans and leases, although the two categories
overlap. Non-accrual loans and leases include impaired loans and leases that are not reviewed on an individual
basis for impairment. Management may choose to place a loan or lease on non-accrual status due to payment
delinquency or uncertain collectibility, while not classifying the loan or lease as impaired if it is probable that we
will collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan or lease or the loan.

In determining whether or not a loan or lease is impaired, we apply our normal loan and lease review
procedures on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration the circumstances surrounding the loan or lease and
borrower, including the collateral value, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, the
amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed and the length of the delay. We measure
impairment on a loan-by-loan basis using either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the
loan’s or lease’s effective interest rate or at the fair value of the collateral if the loan or lease is collateral
dependent, less estimated selling costs. Loans or leases for which an insignificant shortfall in amount of
payments is anticipated, but where we expect to collect all amounts due, are not considered impaired.

We had $1.1 million, $800,000 and $382,000 of impaired loans or leases at December 31, 2006, 2005, and
2004 respectively. The total allowance for loan and lease losses related to these loans and leases were $11,000,
$300,000 and $57,000 at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

At December 31, 2006, we had $1.1 million of outstanding loans disclosed above as non-accrual loans
which management questions the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan repayment terms. These
two (2) loans are secured by real estate and have collateral values well in excess of the outstanding loan amount.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is
adequate to absorb loan and lease losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The amount of the allowance is
based on management’s evaluation of the collectibility of the loan and lease portfolio and that evaluation is based
on historical loss experience and other significant factors. These other significant factors include the level and
trends in delinquent, non-accrual and adversely classified loans and leases, trends in volume and terms of loans
and leases, levels and trends in credit concentrations, effects of changes in underwriting standards, policies,
procedures and practices, national and local economic trends and conditions, changes in capabilities and
experience of lending management and staff and other external factors including industry conditions, competition
and regulatory requirements.

We must maintain an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses, or ALLL, based on a comprehensive
methodology that assesses the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The appropriateness of both the
methodology and the adequacy of the ALLL are the responsibility of the Chief Credit Officer under the
supervision of our board of directors. Each quarter end, our Chief Credit Officer must assess the methodology
and adequacy of the ALLL, representing that they comply with applicable banking regulations and generally
accepted accounting principles.

55

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an ALLL based on a number of quantitative and qualitative
factors, including those discussed above. Provisions for loan and lease losses are provided on both a specific and
general basis. Specific allowances are provided for specific credits for which the expected/anticipated loss is
measurable. General valuation allowances are based on the historical loss experience in those categories covering
the most recent eight quarters, as well as factors noted above.

The table below summarizes loans and leases, average loans and leases, non-performing loans and leases
and changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses arising from loan and lease losses and additions to the
allowance from provisions charged to operating expense:

Allowance For Loan and Lease Loss History

Allowance for loan losses:

Balance at beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . .
Actual charge-offs:

Commercial
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trade finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Real estate (mini-perm) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leveraged lease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other (credit card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total charge-offs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Less recoveries:
Commercial
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trade finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Real estate (mini-perm) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leveraged leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other

Total recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

2003

2002

(Dollars in thousands)

$

8,939

$

6,724

$

6,168

$

9,257

$

4,906

273
390
—
—
—
—

663

—
—
—
—
—
—

—

5

—
—
—
—
—

5

110
—
—
—
—
—

110

103
—
—
—
1,000
0

1,103

106
—
—
—
—

3

109

39
74
—
—
5,232
0

5,345

45
111
—
—
—
—

156

1,947
653
—
549
3,084
1

6,234

16
60
—
363
—
—

439

Net loans charged-off (recovered) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

663
1,960

(105)
2,110

994
1,550

5,189
2,100

5,795
10,146

Balance at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 10,236

$

8,939

$

6,724

$

6,168

$

9,257

Total loans at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average total loans and leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-performing loans and leases . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected ratios:

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans
and leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Provision for allowance for loan and lease

997,317
867,674
1,120

771,143
692,320
—

615,961
541,402
382

504,053
466,793
1,000

448,512
418,845
6,418

0.08%

(0.02)%

0.18%

1.11%

1.38%

losses to average loans and leases . . . . . . .

0.23%

0.30%

0.29%

0.45%

2.42%

Allowance for loan and lease losses to loans

and leases at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.03%

1.16%

1.09%

1.22%

2.06%

Allowance for loan and lease losses to

non-performing loans and leases . . . . . . . .

913.93%

n.m.

1758.64%

616.8% 144.23%

56

The allowance for loan and lease losses of $10.2 million at December 31, 2006, represented 1.03% of total

loans and leases, net of deferred loan fees and costs and 913.93% of non-performing loans and leases. At
December 31, 2005 the allowance for loan and lease losses totaled $8.9 million or 1.16% of total loans and
leases, net of deferred fees and costs. At December 31, 2004, the allowance for loan and lease losses totaled $6.7
million, or 1.09% of total loans and leases, net of deferred fees, and 1758.6% of non-performing loans and leases
as of that date. Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans and leases were 0.08% for year-ended December 31,
2006 compared to (0.02)% for the year-ended December 31, 2005. See “Critical Accounting Policies,” and Note
3 of the “Notes to Financial Statements.”

In allocating our allowance for loan and lease losses, management has considered the credit risk in the

various loan and lease categories in our portfolio. As such, the allocations of the allowance for loan and lease
losses are based upon average historical net loan and lease loss experience and the other factors discussed above.
While every effort has been made to allocate the allowance to specific categories of loans, management believes
that any allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses into loan categories lends an appearance of
precision that does not exist.

The following table reflects management’s allocation of the allowance and the percent of loans in each

category to total loans and leases as of each of the following dates:

At December 31,

2006

2005

2004

2003

2002

Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
in Total
Loans

Allocation
of the
Allowance

Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
in Total
Loans

Allocation
of the
Allowance

Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
in Total
Loans

Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
in Total
Loans

Allocation
of the
Allowance

Allocation
of the
Allowance

Percent
of Loans
in Each
Category
in Total
Loans

Allocation
of the
Allowance

$ 2,262
897

20.2% $2,312
1,231
8.6

19.4% $1,511
645
9.9

16.0% $1,390
438
7.5

23.3% $1,392
556
7.5

24.2%
7.0

(Dollars in thousands)

Commercial* . . . . . . . . .
Trade finance* . . . . . . . .
Real estate

construction* . . . . . . .

3,169

27.2

1,837

Real estate (mini-

perm)* . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unallocated . . . . . . . . . .

3,822
3
4
79

43.9
0.0
0.1
0.0

3,513
5
6
35

22.3

48.2
0.1
0.1
0.0

1,064

3,456
7
4
37

18.2

58.1
0.1
0.1
0.0

508

2,132
861
12
827

18.8

49.8
0.4
0.2
0.0

623

1,662
4,380
12
632

19.1

47.9
1.6
0.2
0.0

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$10,236

100.0% $8,939

100.0% $6,724

100.0% $6,168

100.0% $9,257

100.0%

*

These categories include watch list credits

As noted above, we reserved for the UAL Leveraged Lease in 2002 and 2003 and wrote the remaining

balance off in 2003 and 2004.

Allowance for Losses Related to Undisbursed Loan and Lease Commitments

We maintain a reserve for undisbursed loan and lease commitments. Management estimates the amount of

probable losses by applying the loss factors used in our allowance for loan and lease loss methodology to our
estimate of the expected usage of undisbursed commitments for each loan and lease type. The allowance for
undisbursed loan and lease commitments totaled $70,000, $110,000, $200 and $102,000 at December 31, 2006,
2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively.

Investment Securities Available for sale

Our portfolio of investment securities consists primarily of U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government
agencies securities, investment grade corporate notes, mortgage-backed securities, municipal bonds and FHLMC

57

preferred stock, which is included in other securities. We carry our entire securities portfolio as available-for-sale
securities. We invest in securities to generate interest income and to maintain a liquid source of funding for our
lending and other operations, including withdrawals of deposits. While we do not engage in active trading in our
investment securities portfolio, we have realized and intend to realize gains from sales of selected securities
primarily in response to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2006, investment securities available-for-sale
with a carrying value of $157.8 million were pledged to secure public deposits.

The carrying value of our investment securities at December 31, 2006 totaled $198.7 million compared to
$162.9 million at December 31, 2005. During 2006, our investment securities portfolio increased which reflects
continuing growth in our deposits and a strategic decision to maintain liquidity. The carrying value of our
portfolio of investment securities at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was as follows:

Estimated Market Value
At December 31,

2006

2005

2004

U.S. Government agencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Municipal securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$142,106
16,657
17,200
19,308
3,418

(In thousands)
$ 85,238
36,463
16,003
19,387
5,844

$ 71,027
53,913
12,713
19,111
7,871

Total securities available-for-sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$198,689

$162,935

$164,635

The following table shows the maturities of investment securities at December 31, 2006, and the weighted

average yields of such securities (municipal security yields are on a tax-equivalent basis):

At December 31, 2006

Within One
Year

After One Year
but within
Five Years

After Five Years
but within
Ten Years

After Ten
Years

Total

Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield

Amount Yield

Amount Yield

(Dollars in thousands)

U.S. Government Agencies . . . . . . . $117,284 4.93% $23,470 5.58% $1,352
Corporate notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,000
Mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . .
Municipal securities . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,098 6.07
— —
— —
— —

— —
129 3.35
— —
858 5.51

3.85% $ — — % $142,106 5.03%
7.25
— —
— —
— —

16,656 6.63
17,200 5.87
19,309 5.37
3,418 6.24

11,558 6.67
17,071 5.89
19,309 5.37
2,560 6.48

Total securities

available-for-sale . . . . . . . . . $118,271 4.89% $26,568 5.64% $3,352

5.88% $50,498 5.90% $198,689 5.26%

The following table shows the maturities of investment securities at December 31, 2005, and the weighted

average yields of such securities (municipal security yields are on a tax-equivalent basis):

At December 31, 2005

Within One
Year

After One Year
but within
Five Years

After Five Years
but within
Ten Years

After Ten Years

Total

Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield

Amount

Yield

(Dollars in thousands)

U.S. Government Agencies . . .
Corporate notes . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mortgage-backed securities . . .
Municipal securities . . . . . . . . .
Other securities . . . . . . . . . . . .

$61,724
17,831
—
—
3,447

3.24% $18,219
1,034
4.39
202
—
—
—
—
4.13

3.64% $5,295
3,814
6.12
—
3.39
—
—
—
—

4.17% $ —
13,784
6.64
15,801
—
19,387
—
2,397
—

— % $ 85,238
36,463
6.32
16,003
3.91
19,387
5.58
5,844
5.00

3.38%
5.40
3.90
5.58
4.49

Total securities

available-for-sale . . . . .

$83,002

3.35% $19,455

3.77% $9,109

5.20% $51,369

5.24% $162,935

4.10%

58

Additional information concerning investment securities is provided in Note 4 of the “Notes to Financial

Statements” in this annual report.

Deposits

Total deposits were $1.2 billion at December 31, 2006 compared to $975.5 million at December 31, 2005.

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased to $224.9 million at December 31, 2006 compared to $211.9
million at December 31, 2005. The ratio of noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits was 19.4% at
December 31, 2006 and 21.7% at December 31, 2005. Interest-bearing deposits are comprised of interest-bearing
demand deposits, money market accounts, regular savings accounts, time deposits of under $100,000 and time
deposits of $100,000 or more.

The following table shows the average amount and average rate paid on the categories of deposits for each

of the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,

2006

2005

2004

Average
Balance

Average
Rate

Average
Balance

Average
Rate

Average
Balance

Average
Rate

(Dollars in thousands)

Noninterest-bearing deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest-bearing demand deposits . . . . . . . . . . .
Money market . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time certificates of deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 207,685
26,353
106,962
67,317
597,504

0.00% $184,102
26,757
1.20
121,444
2.00
38,346
3.61
493,510
4.30

0.00% $157,688
26,064
0.56
118,039
1.07
24,311
1.33
409,894
2.76

0.00%
0.31
0.62
0.31
1.51

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,005,821

3.83% $864,159

2.29% $735,996

0.96%

Average total deposits increased steadily through 2006. The increase in average total deposits for 2006 was

primarily driven by an increase of $104 million in time certificates of deposit and $24 million in noninterest
bearing demand deposits. Additional information concerning deposits is provided in Note 5 of the “Notes to
Financial Statements” in the annual report.

The largest component of our deposits has been, and in the near term is likely to be, time certificates of
deposit of $100,000 or more. We market and receive time certificates of deposit from our existing and new high
net worth customers, especially from the Chinese communities within our branch network. While we do not
attempt to be a market leader in offered interest rates, we attempt to offer competitive rates on these time
certificates of deposit within a range offered by other banks with which we compete.

The following table shows the maturities of time certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $100,000

or more at December 31, 2006 and 2005:

At December 31,

2006

2005

(In thousands)

Three months or less . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Over three months through six months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Over six months through twelve months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Over twelve months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$407,432
187,890
107,466
9,469

$299,799
99,870
155,648
5,971

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$712,257

$561,288

59

Capital Resources

Current risk-based regulatory capital standards generally require banks to maintain a ratio of “core” or
“Tier 1” capital (consisting principally of common equity) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4%, a ratio of Tier 1
capital to adjusted total assets (leverage ratio) of at least 4% and a ratio of total capital (which includes Tier 1
capital plus certain forms of subordinated debt, a portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses and preferred
stock) to risk-weighted assets of at least 8%. Risk-weighted assets are calculated by multiplying the balance in
each category of assets by a risk factor, which ranges from zero for cash assets and certain government
obligations to 100% for some types of loans, and adding the products together.

Our goal is to exceed the minimum regulatory capital requirements for well-capitalized institutions. At
December 31, 2006, our capital ratios were above the minimum requirements for well-capitalized institutions. In
the future, we intend to make minor adjustments and increase our investment securities portfolio, such as
reducing our investments in corporate notes, which are 100% risk weighted assets, and increasing our
investments in mortgage-backed securities or U.S. agency notes, which are generally 20% risk weighted assets.
In addition, in the future, we intend to originate credit lines when possible for 365 days or less, which are 0% risk
weighted assets, instead of 366 days or more, which are 50% risk weighted assets. We believe that our existing
capital will be sufficient for the foreseeable future to satisfy minimum regulatory capital requirements, including
as those increase due to our presently anticipated growth in our loan portfolio.

At December 31,
2006

At December 31,
2005

Leverage Ratio
Preferred Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum regulatory requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
Preferred Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum regulatory requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio
Preferred Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum regulatory requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11.50%
5.00%
4.00%

11.52%
6.00%
4.00%

12.33%
10.00%
8.00%

11.63%
5.00%
4.00%

12.59%
6.00%
4.00%

13.51%
10.00%
8.00%

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The following table presents our contractual cash obligations, excluding deposits, as of December 31, 2006:

Contractual Obligations(1)

Amount of Commitment Expiring Per Period

Total
Amounts
Committed

Less Than
1 Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years After 5 Years

(In thousands)

FHLB Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Lease Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$20,000
7,349

$ — $12,000
2,791
1,761

$8,000
1,593

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$27,349

$1,761

$14,791

$9,593

$ —
1,204

$1,204

(1) Contractual obligations do not include interest

60

In the normal course of business, we enter into off-balance sheet arrangements consisting of commitments
to extend credit, to fund commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. The following table presents
these off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2006:

Off-balance sheet arrangements

Amount of off-balance sheet Expiring Per Period

Total
Amounts
Committed

Less Than
1 Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years After 5 Years

Commitments to extend credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial letters of credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standby letter of credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$496,850
3,860
11,666

$349,399
3,860
10,495

(In thousands)
$140,547
—
1,171

$5,438
—
—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$512,376

$363,754

$141,718

$5,438

$1,466
—
—

$1,466

Liquidity

Based on our existing business plan, we believe that our level of liquid assets is sufficient to meet our
current and presently anticipated funding needs. We rely on deposits as the principal source of funds and,
therefore, must be in a position to service depositors’ needs as they arise. We attempt to maintain a
loan-to-deposit ratio below approximately 95%. Our loan-to-deposit ratios were 85% at December 31, 2006 and
78% at December 31, 2005.

Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, or FHLBSF, is another source of funding

for our loan and investment activities. At December 31, 2006, we could borrow up to $81.7 million with
collateral of specifically identified loans and securities. We intend to explore the feasibility of utilizing the
FHLBSF as a source of funding to a greater extent than we have in the past. At December 31, 2006, our
borrowing line with the FHLBSF was $101.7 million. As an additional condition of borrowing from the
FHLBSF, we are required to purchase FHLB stock. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Bank was
required to purchase the greater of; $3,512,000 of FHLB stock based on the volume of “membership assets” as
defined by the FHLB, or $940,000 in FHLB stock based on 4.7% of outstanding borrowings with the FHLB. At
December 31, 2006, the Bank held $3,683,000 in FHLB stock.

We also attempt to maintain a liquidity ratio (liquid assets, including cash and due from banks, federal funds

sold and investment securities not pledged as collateral expressed as a percentage of total deposits) above
approximately 18%. Our liquidity ratios were 19% at December 31, 2006 and 30% at December 31, 2005. The
decrease in our liquidity ratio from the 2005 level was attributed primarily to a 19% growth of deposits during
2006. We believe that in the event the level of liquid assets (our primary liquidity) does not meet our liquidity
needs, other available sources of liquid assets (our secondary liquidity), including the purchase of federal funds,
sales of securities under agreements to repurchase, sales of unpledged investment securities or loans, utilizing the
discount window borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank (where we maintain $17.5 million in collateralized
borrowing capacity) and the FHLBSF, could be employed to meet those funding needs.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market prices and
rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. Our market risk arises primarily from
interest rate risk inherent in our lending and deposit taking activities. To that end, management actively monitors
and manages our interest rate risk exposure. We do not have any market risk sensitive instruments entered into
for trading purposes. We manage our interest rate sensitivity by matching the re-pricing opportunities on our
earning assets to those on our funding liabilities. Management uses various asset/liability strategies to manage the
re-pricing characteristics of our assets and liabilities designed to ensure that exposure to interest rate fluctuations
is limited and within our guidelines of acceptable levels of risk-taking. Hedging strategies, including the terms

61

and pricing of loans and deposits and managing the deployment of our securities, are used to reduce mismatches
in interest rate re-pricing opportunities of portfolio assets and their funding sources.

Interest rate risk is addressed by our Asset Liability Management Committee, or the ALCO, which is
comprised of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and members of the board of directors. The
ALCO monitors interest rate risk by analyzing the potential impact on the net portfolio of equity value and net
interest income from potential changes in interest rates, and considers the impact of alternative strategies or
changes in balance sheet structure. The ALCO manages our balance sheet in part to maintain the potential impact
on net portfolio value and net interest income within acceptable ranges despite rate changes in interest rates.

Our exposure to interest rate risk is monitored continuously by senior management and is reviewed by the
ALCO at least eight times a year, and at least quarterly by our board of directors. Interest rate risk exposure is
measured using interest rate sensitivity analysis to determine our change in net portfolio value and net interest
income in the event of hypothetical changes in interest rates. If potential changes to net portfolio value and net
interest income resulting from our analysis of hypothetical interest rate changes are not within board-approved
limits, the board may direct management to adjust the asset and liability mix to bring interest rate risk within
board-approved limits. This analysis of hypothetical interest rate changes is performed on a monthly basis by a
third party vender utilizing detailed data that we provide to them.

Market Value of Portfolio Equity

We measure the impact of market interest rate changes on the net present value of estimated cash flows

from our assets and liabilities defined as market value of portfolio equity, using a simulation model. This
simulation model assesses the changes in the market value of interest rate sensitive financial instruments that
would occur in response to an instantaneous and sustained increase or decrease in market interest rates.

The following table presents forecasted changes in net portfolio value using a base market rate and the

estimated change to the base scenario given an immediate and sustained upward and downward movement in
interest rates of 100 and 200 basis points at December 31, 2006.

Market Value of Portfolio Equity

Interest Rate Scenario

Up 200 basis points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Up 100 basis points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Down 100 basis points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Down 200 basis points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Market Value

(Dollars in
thousands)
$134,850
$137,954
$141,544
$143,435
$142,554

Percentage
Change
from Base

Percentage
of Total
Assets

Percentage of
Portfolio Equity
Book Value

(4.73)% 10.00%
(2.54)
—
1.34
0.71

10.23
10.49
10.63
10.57

92.41%
94.53
96.99
98.29
97.69

The computation of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous
assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, asset prepayments and deposit decay, and should
not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. Further, the computations do not contemplate any actions we
may undertake in response to changes in interest rates. Actual amounts may differ from the projections set forth
above should market conditions vary from the underlying assumptions.

Net Interest Income

In order to measure interest rate risk at December 31, 2006, we used a simulation model to project changes
in net interest income that result from forecasted changes in interest rates. This analysis calculates the difference
between net interest income forecasted using a rising and a falling interest rate scenario and a net interest income

62

forecast using a base market interest rate derived from the current treasury yield curve. The income simulation
model includes various assumptions regarding the re-pricing relationships for each of our products. Many of our
assets are floating rate loans, which are assumed to re-price immediately, and to the same extent as the change in
market rates according to their contracted index. Some loans and investment vehicles include the opportunity of
prepayment (embedded options), and accordingly the simulation model uses national indexes to estimate these
prepayments and reinvest their proceeds at current yields. Our non-term deposit products re-price more slowly,
usually changing less than the change in market rates and at our discretion.

This analysis indicates the impact of changes in net interest income for the given set of rate changes and

assumptions. It assumes no growth in the balance sheet and that its structure will remain similar to the structure
at year end. It does not account for all factors that impact this analysis, including changes by management to
mitigate the impact of interest rate changes or secondary impacts such as changes to our credit risk profile as
interest rates change. Furthermore, loan prepayment rate estimates and spread relationships change regularly.
Interest rate changes create changes in actual loan prepayment rates that will differ from the market estimates
incorporated in this analysis. Changes that vary significantly from the assumptions may have significant effects
on our net interest income.

For the rising and falling interest rate scenarios, the base market interest rate forecast was increased or

decreased on an instantaneous and sustained basis.

Sensitivity of Net Interest Income December 31, 2006

Interest Rate Scenario

Adjusted Net
Interest Income

Percentage
Change
from Base

Net Interest
Margin Percent

Net Interest Margin
Change (in basis
points)

Up 200 basis points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Up 100 basis points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Down 100 basis points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Down 200 basis points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(Dollars in
thousands)
$78,642
73,570
68,530
67,950
67,209

14.76%
7.35
—
(0.85)
(1.93)

6.07%
5.67
5.29
5.24
5.18

78
38
—

(5)
(11)

At December 31, 2006, we had $1.2 billion in assets and $934.9 million in liabilities re-pricing within one
year. This indicates that approximately $275.7 million more of our interest rate sensitive assets than our interest
rate sensitive liabilities will change to the then current rate (changes occur due to the instruments being at a
variable rate or because the maturity of the instrument requires its replacement at the then current rate). The ratio
of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities maturing or re-pricing within one year at December 31,
2006 is 129.5%. In theory, this analysis indicates that at December 31, 2006, if interest rates were to increase, the
gap would tend to result in a higher net interest margin. However, changes in the mix of earning assets or
supporting liabilities can either increase or decrease the net interest margin without affecting interest rate
sensitivity. In addition, the interest rate spread between an asset and its supporting liability can vary significantly
while the timing of re-pricing of both the asset and its supporting liability can remain the same, thus impacting
net interest income. This characteristic is referred to as basis risk, and generally relates to the re-pricing
characteristics of short-term funding sources such as certificates of deposit.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No.155, “Accounting

for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and SFAS No. 140”
(“SFAS No. 155”). This Statement:

•

•

permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded
derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation;

clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to SFAS No. 133;

63

•

•

establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are
freestanding derivatives or hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring
bifurcation;

clarifies that concentrations of credit risks in the form of subordinations are not embedded derivatives;
and amends SFAS No. 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a Qualified Special Purpose Entity from
holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another
derivative financial instrument.

SFAS No. 155 is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s

first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. Early adoption of this statement is allowed. We have not
determined the financial impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 155

In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets,” which
amends the guidance in SFAS No. 140. SFAS No. 156 requires that an entity separately recognize a servicing
asset or a servicing liability when it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset under a servicing
contract in certain situations. Such servicing assets or servicing liabilities are required to be measured initially at
fair value, if practicable. SFAS No. 156 also allows an entity to measure its servicing assets and servicing
liabilities subsequently using either the amortization method, which existed under SFAS No. 140, or the fair
value measurement method. SFAS No. 156 will be effective in the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007. We do
not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 156 to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of
operations.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”

(“FIN 48”). FIN 48 is an interpretation of FAS Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” The
Interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and requires
additional disclosures. Under the new guidance, recognition is based upon whether or not a company determines
that it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination based upon the technical
merits of the position. In evaluating the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, a company should presume
the tax position will be subject to examination by a taxing authority with full knowledge of all relevant
information. If the recognition threshold is met, then the tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit
that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. FIN 48 also provides guidance on
derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The
Interpretation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. While the effect of FIN 48 will
depend somewhat upon the implementation guidance, the company expects the transition effects of this standard
to be not material.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements (“SFAS 157”). The Statement provides a revised definition of fair value and guidance on the
methods used to measure fair value. The Statement also expands financial statement disclosure requirements for
fair value information. The Statement establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between assumptions
based on market data from independent sources (“observable inputs”) and a reporting entity’s internal
assumptions based upon the best information available when external market data is limited or unavailable
(“unobservable inputs”). The fair value hierarchy in FAS 157 prioritizes inputs within three levels. Quoted prices
in active markets have the highest priority (Level 1) followed by observable inputs other than quoted prices
(Level 2) and unobservable inputs having the lowest priority (Level 3). The Statement is effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with earlier application allowed for entities
that have not issued financial statements in the fiscal year of adoption. The Company is currently assessing the
impact of SFAS No.157 on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2007. the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and
Financial Liabilities. This Statement permits companies to choose to measure many financial instruments and

64

certain other items at fair value. Once a company chooses to report an item at fair value, changes in fair value
would be reported in earnings at each reporting date. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued
for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with earlier application allowed for entities that have not
issued financial statements in the fiscal year of adoption. We are presently evaluating this Statement and have not
yet determined the effect of its adoption on our financial condition, result of operation or cash flow.

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108, “Considering the Effects of
Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements.” SAB No. 108
specifies how the carryover or reversal of prior year unrecorded financial statement misstatements should be
considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. SAB No. 108 requires an approach that considers the
amount by which the current year Statement of Income is misstated (“rollover approach”) and an approach that
considers the cumulative amount by which the current year Statement of Financial Condition is misstated (“iron
curtain approach”). Prior to the issuance of SAB No. 108, either the rollover or iron curtain approach was
acceptable for assessing the materiality of financial statement misstatements so long as one methodology was
consistently applied.

Initial application of SAB No. 108 allows registrants to elect not to restate prior periods but to reflect the
initial application in their annual financial statements covering the first fiscal year ending after November 15,
2006. The cumulative effect of the initial application should be reported in the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities as of the beginning of that fiscal year and the offsetting adjustment, net of tax, should be made to the
opening balance of retained earnings for that year. Registrants are required to disclose the nature and amount of
each item, when and how each error being corrected arose, and the fact that the errors were previously considered
immaterial. The Company adopted this SAB with no material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Inflation

The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary items held by us, the dollar value of which is not
affected by inflation. Only a small portion of total assets is in premises and equipment. The lower inflation rate
of recent years has not had the positive impact on us that was felt in many other industries. Our small fixed asset
investment minimizes any material effect of asset values and depreciation expenses that may result from
fluctuating market values due to inflation. Higher inflation rates may increase operating expenses or have other
adverse effects on borrowers of the banks, making collection on extensions of credit more difficult for us. Rates
of interest paid or charged generally rise if the marketplace believes inflation rates will increase.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES OF MARKET RISKS

For quantitative and qualitative disclosures regarding market risks in our portfolio, see, “Management’s

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosure About Market Risk.”

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements of the Bank, including the “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting

Firm,” are included in this report immediately following Part IV.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

65

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2006, Preferred Bank carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the
participation of Preferred Bank management, including Preferred Bank’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Preferred Bank disclosure controls and
procedures and internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission
(“SEC”) rules. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded
that:

•

•

•

•

Preferred Bank disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by
this report in timely alerting them to material information relating to Preferred Bank that is required to
be included in Preferred Bank periodic SEC filings; and

Preferred Bank internal controls over financial reporting provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

During the quarter ended December 31, 2006, there have been no significant changes in Preferred Bank
internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls
subsequent to the evaluation date.

Disclosure controls and procedures are defined in SEC rules as controls and other procedures designed
to ensure that information required to be disclosed in Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Preferred
Bank disclosure controls and procedures were designed to ensure that material information related to
Preferred Bank, is made known to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, in a timely manner.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Management of Preferred Bank is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal

control over financial reporting pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
The Bank’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes
those written policies and procedures that:

•

•

•

•

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use
or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial
statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

66

Management under the supervision and with the participation of the Bank’s principal executive officer and
principal financial officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2006. Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial
reporting described in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of
Preferred Bank’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of its
internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit
Committee of our Board of Directors.

Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2006, Preferred Bank

maintained effective internal control over financial reporting

KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements of

Preferred Bank, has issued a report on management’s assessment of the Bank’s internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2006. The report expresses unqualified opinions on Management’s assessment and
on the effectiveness of Preferred Bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006

67

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Preferred Bank:

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Preferred Bank (the Bank) maintained effective internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The
Bank’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our
audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s
assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Bank maintained effective internal control over financial

reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO). Also, in our opinion, the Bank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control-
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board

(United States), the statements of financial condition of Preferred Bank as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and
the related statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, and our report dated March 29, 2007
expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Los Angeles, California
March 29, 2007

68

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

On January 12, 2007 we submitted Form 4 “Statement of Changes in Beneficial Ownership of Securities” as

a late filing for disposal of securities with a transaction date of November 28, 2006. The beneficial owner of the
subject securities is our Chairman, President and CEO Mr. Li Yu.

69

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Information concerning directors and executive officers of the Bank, to the extent not included under

“Item 1 under the heading “Executive Officers of the Bank” appearing at the end of Part I of this report, will
appear in the Bank’s definitive proxy statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2006 Proxy
Statement”), and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the
section entitled “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS,” if filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s most recently completed fiscal
year or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on
Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period.

Code of Ethics

The Bank has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial and

accounting officer, controller, and persons performing similar functions. The code of ethics is posted on our
internet website at www.preferredbank.com.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DISCLOSURE

Information concerning executive compensation will appear in the 2006 Definitive Proxy Statement, and

such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the sections entitled
“COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS” and “COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS,” if filed with
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of
the Bank’s most recently completed fiscal year or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on Form 10-K not later than the end of such 120 day period.

In July 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission adopted a new rules “Executive Compensation

Disclosure” that require companies to report more data on executive and director compensation, including the
total annual compensation of the principal executive and financial officers, the three other highest paid executive
officers, and the Bank’s directors. The adopted rules, which do not differ greatly from what had been proposed in
January, also revise the guidance on identifying perquisites and the disclosure requirements for “related person”
transactions, officers’ and directors’ equity ownership, director independence, and the functions of board
committees. The requirements affect disclosure in proxy statements, annual reports, registration statements, and
Form 8-K reports. Effective dates vary, beginning as early as 59 days after the rules are published in the Federal
Register. The new rules become effective November 7, 2006. The Bank has adopted the new rules effective
December 31, 2006.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and information
related to the Bank’s equity compensation plans will appear in the 2006 Proxy Statement, and such information
either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the sections entitled “BENEFICIAL
STOCK OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT” and “SECURITIES
AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS,” if filed with the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s
most recently completed fiscal year or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period.

70

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR

INDEPENDENCE

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions will appear in the 2006 Proxy

Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the
section entitled “CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS and “DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE”,” if filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to Regulation 14A not
later than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s most recently completed fiscal year, or (ii) included in an
amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on Form 10-K/A not later than the
end of such 120 day period.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information concerning principal accountant fees and services will appear in the 2006 Definitive Proxy

Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the
section entitled “INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,” if filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s most recently
completed fiscal year or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period.

71

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) Financial Statements

PART IV

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2006 and 2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and

Page

73
74

2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

75

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and

2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes to Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

76
77
78

(a)(2) Financial statement schedules

Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not material or because the information is

included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

(a)(3) Exhibits

Exhibit No.

Exhibit Description

3.1

3.2

4.1

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5*

10.6*

10.7*

10.8*

10.9*

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation(1)

Amended and Restated Bylaws(1)

Common Stock Certificate(2)

Lease relating to the Bank’s principal executive office at 601 S. Figueroa Street, 20th Floor, Los Angeles,
California with Mitsui Fudoson (U.S.A.), Inc.(1)

Agreement for Item-Processing Services with Fiserv Solutions, Inc., dated as of July 31, 2002(1)

Agreement for Data-Processing with Fiserv Solutions, Inc., dated as of May 1, 2003(1)

Maintenance and Service Agreement, dated August 1, 2003 with Exilcom, Inc. d/b/a Northstar
Technologies(1)

1992 Stock Option Plan(1)

Management Incentive Bonus Plan(1)

Deferred Compensation Plan(1)

Stock Option Gain Deferred Compensation Plan(1)

2004 Equity Incentive Plan(1)

10.10*

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers(1)

21.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Power of Attorney

Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

(1)

(2)

Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on
January 18, 2005.
Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 10 Amendment No. 1 filed with the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation on February 2, 2005.

* Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

72

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Preferred Bank:

We have audited the accompanying statements of financial condition of Preferred Bank (the Bank) as of

December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the related statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in
stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Preferred Bank as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statement, effective January 1, 2006 the Company adopted Statement

of Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R) Share-Based Payment.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board

(United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 29, 2007,
expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of, and the effective operation of, internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Los Angeles, California
March 29, 2007

73

PREFERRED BANK

Statements of Financial Condition
December 31, 2006 and 2005
(In thousands, except for shares)

Assets
Cash and due from banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal funds sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loans and leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less allowance for loan and lease losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less net deferred loan fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net loans and leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customers’ liability on acceptances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bank furniture and fixtures, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bank-owned life insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued interest receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Liabilities:

Deposits:

2006

2005

$

26,878
103,700
130,578
198,689
997,317
(10,236)
(1,759)
985,322
268
1,711
7,896
8,633
3,682
9,544
2,518
$1,348,841

$

25,123
158,300
183,423
162,935
771,143
(8,939)
(1,537)
760,667
628
1,835
7,637
5,529
3,501
8,675
1,890
$1,136,720

Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest-bearing demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time certificates of $100,000 or more . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other time certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acceptances outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal funds purchased . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued interest payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 224,982
124,094
100,011
619,110
93,147
1,161,344
268
20,000
—
5,272
16,025
1,202,909

$ 211,942
154,552
47,685
472,948
88,340
975,467
628
20,000
1,500
3,070
12,209
1,012,874

Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred stock. Authorized 5,000,000 shares; no share issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Common stock, no par value. Authorized 100,000,000 shares; issued and

outstanding 10,274,632 and 10,037,782 shares at December 31, 2006 and
December 31, 2005, respectively(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive loss: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

69,658
1,502
75,219

67,443
240
57,305

(447)
145,932
$1,348,841

(1,142)
123,846
$1,136,720

(1) Adjusted to reflect February 2007, 3 for 2 stock split, effected in the form of dividend.

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

74

PREFERRED BANK

Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income
Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
(In thousands, except for shares and net income per share)

2006

2005

2004

Interest income:

Loans and leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Investment securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal funds sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

77,186 $
8,699
4,377
90,262

50,443 $
6,375
3,264
60,082

Interest expense:

Interest-bearing demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time certificates of $100,000 or more . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other time certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal funds purchased . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FHLB borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net interest income before provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net interest income after provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Noninterest income:

Fees and service charges on deposit accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trade finance income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BOLI income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net other real estate owned income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on sale of securities available-for-sale, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Noninterest expense:

Salary and employee benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net occupancy expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business development and promotion expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Professional services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office supplies and equipment expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total noninterest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

Other comprehensive income:

Unrealized net gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less reclassification adjustments for gains included in net income . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes related to items of other comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

2,456
2,427
22,006
3,669
58
808
31,424
58,838
1,960
56,878

1,660
777
326
—
—
265
3,028

12,216
2,303
451
1,948
943
2,156
20,017
39,889
16,538
23,351 $

1,200
—
1,200
(505)
695
24,046 $

1,453
529
11,488
2,104
11
477
16,062
44,020
2,110
41,910

2,297
707
312
195
—
356
3,868

10,252
2,163
444
1,534
867
2,312
17,571
28,207
11,382
16,825 $

(2,102)
—
(2,102)
881
(1,221)
15,604 $

32,048
5,490
1,105
38,643

817
76
4,985
1,211
1
357
7,447
31,196
1,550
29,646

2,393
729
316
526
35
200
4,199

9,741
1,826
250
855
754
1,913
15,339
18,506
7,354
11,152

186
(6)
180
72
108
11,260

Net income per share(1):

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.29 $
2.21

1.72 $
1.65

1.35
1.28

Weighted-average common shares outstanding(1):

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividends per share(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

(1) Adjusted to reflect February 2007, 3 for 2 stock split, effected in the form of dividend.

10,194,515
10,556,282

9,782,645
10,195,958

0.53 $

0.43 $

8,277,597
8,713,851
0.40

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

75

PREFERRED BANK

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
(In thousands, except for shares and dividends declared per share)

Common
shares
outstanding

Common
stock

Additional
paid-in
capital

8,182,399 $30,980
—

—

—
148,800
—

—
923
—

—

Balance at December 31, 2003 . . . . . . . .
Cash dividends paid $0.40 per share . . .
Tax benefit—exercise of stock

options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in unrealized gain on securities

available-for-sale, net of taxes . . . . . .

—

Balance at December 31, 2004 . . . . . . . .
Cash dividends paid $0.43 per share . . .
Tax benefit—exercise of stock

options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initial public offering, net of issuance

costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in unrealized loss on securities

8,331,199
—

31,903
—

—
228,150

—
1,510

1,478,433
—

34,030
—

available-for-sale, net of taxes . . . . . .

—

—

Balance at December 31, 2005 . . . . . . . . 10,037,782
Cash dividends paid $0.53 per share . . .
—
Tax benefit—exercise of shared-based

payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Share-based payment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in unrealized gain on securities

—
236,850
—
—

67,443
—

—
2,215
—
—

available-for-sale, net of taxes . . . . . .

—

—

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)

$

(29)
—

Total
stockholders’
equity

$ 67,736
(3,317)

Retained
earnings

$36,756
(3,317)

—
—
11,152

—

44,591
(4,111)

—
—

—
16,825

—

57,305
(5,437)

—
—
—
23,351

—
—
—

108

79
—

—
—

—
—

(1,221)

(1,142)
—

—
—
—
—

206
923
11,152

108

76,808
(4,111)

5
1,510

34,030
16,825

(1,221)

123,846
(5,437)

510
2,215
752
23,351

—

695

695

29
—

206
—
—

—

235
—

5

—

—
—

—

240
—

510
—
752
—

—

Balance at December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . 10,274,632 $69,658

$1,502

$75,219

$ (447)

$145,932

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

76

PREFERRED BANK

Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

activities:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of net deferred loan fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization (accretion) of investment securities discounts and

premiums, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on sale of securities available-for-sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other than temporary impairment write down on investment . . . .
Share-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangement
. . . . .
Deferred taxes benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Decrease (increase) in Bank-Owned Life Insurance, accrued

interest receivable and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2006

2005

2004

$ 23,351

$ 16,825

$ 11,152

1,960
(222)

(31)
—
568
—
752
478
(1,419)

(3,812)
6,168

2,110
845

1,366
—
579
—
—
5
(1,334)

(7,700)
1,980

1,550
(987)

2,002
(36)
492
296
—
206
(6,568)

3,718
632

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27,793

14,676

12,457

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchase of securities available-for-sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Matured and called . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principal collected and stock dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net increase in loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of bank premises and equipment

(155,034)
116,494
—
4,017
—

(226,348)
(444)

(67,405)
60,800
—
4,837
8,258
(156,767)
(1,049)

(96,189)
73,468
5,094
6,779
—

(110,928)
(756)

Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(261,315)

(151,326)

(122,532)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Increase in deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from FHLB borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repayments of FHLB borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangement
Net proceeds of stock options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of cash dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

185,877
—
(1,500)
(478)
2,215
—
(5,437)

Net cash provided by financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

180,677

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(52,845)
183,423

173,932
16,500
(10,000)
—
1,510
34,030
(4,111)

211,861

75,211
108,212

138,722
5,000
(5,000)
—
923
—
(3,318)

136,327

26,252
81,960

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 130,578

$ 183,423

$ 108,212

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Cash paid during the period for: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 28,736
18,210

$ 14,769
20,124

$

7,011
6,990

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

77

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Preferred Bank (the Bank) is a full service commercial bank and is engaged primarily in commercial, real

estate, and international lending to customers with businesses domiciled in the state of California. The
accounting and reporting policies of the Bank are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America and conform to general practices in the banking industry. The following is a
summary of the Bank’s significant accounting policies.

(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, and federal funds sold, all of which have

original maturities of less than 90 days.

(b) Investment Securities

The Bank classifies its debt and equity securities in two categories: held-to-maturity or

available-for-sale. Securities that could be sold in response to changes in interest rates, increased loan
demand, liquidity needs, capital requirements, or other similar factors are classified as securities
available-for-sale. These securities are carried at fair value. Unrealized holding gains or losses, net of the
related tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are excluded from income and are reported as a separate
component of stockholders’ equity as other comprehensive income net of applicable taxes until realized.
Realized gains and losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined on a
specific-identification basis. Securities classified as held-to-maturity are those that the Bank has the positive
intent and ability to hold until maturity. These securities are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for the
amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, there were no
securities held for held-to-maturity purposes.

A decline in the fair value of any available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security below cost that is
deemed to be other than temporary results in a reduction in carrying amount to fair value. The impairment is
charged to income and a new cost basis for the security is established.

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related held-to-maturity or
available-for-sale security as an adjustment to yield using the effective-interest method. Dividend and
interest income are recognized when earned.

(c) Loans and Loan Origination Fees and Costs

Loans are carried at face value, less payments received, the allowance for loan and lease losses, and net

deferred loan fees. Loans receivable are stated at the principal amount outstanding. Interest income is
recorded on an accrual basis in accordance with the terms of the loans.

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as nonaccrual loans. The
accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more unless the
loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. When loans are placed on nonaccrual status, all
interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed against current period interest income. Income on
nonaccrual loans is subsequently recognized only to the extent that cash is received and the loan’s principal
balance is deemed collectible.

Loan origination fees, offset by certain direct loan origination costs and commitment fees, are deferred
and recognized in income as a yield adjustment using the effective interest yield method over the contractual
life of the loan, which approximates the interest method. If a commitment expires unexercised, the
commitment fee is recognized as income.

78

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

The Bank considers a loan to be impaired when it is “probable” that it will be unable to collect all
amounts due (i.e., both principal and interest) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The
measurement of impairment may be based on (1) the present value of the expected future cash flows of the
impaired loan discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, (2) the observable market price of the
impaired loan, or (3) the fair value of the collateral of a collateral-dependent loan. The amount by which the
recorded investment of the loan exceeds the measure of the impaired loan is recognized by recording a
valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to the provision for loan losses. All classified loans that
are over $2 million are analyzed for impairment. The Bank recognizes interest income on impaired loans
based on its existing methods of recognizing interest income on nonaccrual loans.

(d) Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Loan and lease losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the allowance account. Additions to
the allowance account are charged to the provision for loan and lease losses. The allowance for loan and
lease losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that are probable and
reasonably estimatable. The adequacy of the allowance is determined by management based upon a periodic
credit review of the loan and lease portfolio, consideration of historical loss experience, current economic
conditions, changes in the composition of the portfolio, analysis of collateral values, and other pertinent
factors.

Management believes that the allowance for loan and lease losses is adequate. While management uses

available information to recognize losses on loans and leases, future adjustments to the allowance may be
necessary based on changes in credit quality and economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory
agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan
and lease losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their
judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

(e) Other Real Estate Owned (OREO)

Other real estate owned, consisting of real estate acquired through foreclosure or other proceedings, is

initially stated at fair value of the property based on appraisal, less estimated selling cost. Any cost in excess
of the fair value at the time of acquisition is accounted for as a loan charge-off and deducted from the
allowance for loan and lease losses. A valuation allowance is established for any subsequent declines in
value through a charge to earnings. Operating expenses of such properties, net of related income, and gains
and losses on their disposition are included in other operating income or expense, as appropriate.

(f) Bank Furniture and Fixtures

Bank furniture and fixtures are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.
Depreciation on furniture and equipment is computed on a straight-line method over the estimated useful
lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized on
the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the improvement or the term of lease, whichever is
shorter.

(g) Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and net unrealized gains (losses) on securities

available-for-sale and is presented in the statements of income and comprehensive income.

79

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

(h) Income Taxes

The Bank accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The objective of the asset and

liability method is to establish deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the
financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Bank’s assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to
be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax
assets if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the
deferred tax assets will not be realized. The valuation allowance is sufficient to reduce the deferred tax
assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

(i) Earnings per Share

Earnings per share (EPS) are computed on a basic and diluted basis. Basic EPS excludes dilution and is

computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if
securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or
resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shares in the earnings of the Bank.

(j) Share-Based Compensation

Employees and directors participate in the following stock option compensation plans—the 1992 Stock
Option Plan, Interim Stock Option Plan and the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan which are discussed in Note 13.

Effective January 1, 2006, the Bank adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.123
(revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), using the modified prospective transition method
and therefore has not restated results from prior periods. Under this transition method , share-based
compensation expense for 2006 includes compensation expense for all share-based compensation awards
granted prior to January 1, 2006, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value
estimated in accordance with the original provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No.123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” Share-based compensation expense for all share-
based payment awards granted or modified on or after January 1, 2006 is based on the grant-date fair value
estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123R. The Bank recognizes these compensation
costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite services period of the award, which is the option vesting term
of the generally five years, for only those shares expected to vest. The fair value of stock option awards was
estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the grant-date assumptions and weighted-
average fair value.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Bank accounted for stock compensation under the
intrinsic value method permitted by Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB Opinion No. 25”) and related interpretations. Accordingly, the Bank
previously recognized no compensation cost for employee stock options that were granted with an exercise
price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Bank recognized share-based compensation expense of
$752,000 resulting in the recognition of $33,000 in related tax benefits. Also, as a result of adopting SFAS
123 (R) on January 1, 2006, the Bank income before tax expense and net income for the year ended
December 31, 2006 was $752,000 and $719,000 respectively lower than if the bank had continued to
account for stock-based compensation under APB 25. Basic and diluted earnings per shares for the year
ended December 31, 2006 were $.07 and $.07 lower, respectively, than if the Bank had continued to account
for stock-based compensation under APB 25.

80

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

SFAS No. 123(R) requires that cash flows resulting from the realization of tax deductions in excess of
the compensation cost recognized (excess tax benefits) are to be classified as financing cash flows. Before
the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Bank presented all tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock
options as operating cash flows in the Statements of Cash Flows.

Also SFAS 123 (R) require forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in
subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from initial estimates. Share-based compensation expense was
recorded net of estimated forfeitures for the year ended December 31, 2006 such that expense was recorded
only for those share-based awards that are expected to vest. Previously under APB 25, to the extend awards
were forfeited prior to vesting, the corresponding previously recognized expense was reversed in the period
of forfeiture.

For the Bank’s stock option plans, compensation cost is based on the fair value of the underlying stock
on the award date and is recognized over the requisite service period of the award. In 2005 and prior years,
the Bank did not recognize compensation costs when granting stock options in the Bank’s stock option
plans. This was due to the exercise price of option grants being equal to or higher than the quoted market
price of the Bank’s common stock on the grant date as provided under the intrinsic value method of APB
25.

When options are exercised, the Bank’s policy is to issue new shares of stock.

If the compensation cost for the Bank’s stock option plan had been determined with the fair value at the

grant dates for all awards under the Plan consistent with the method of SFAS No. 123 (R), Share Based
Payment, prior to January 1, 2006, the Bank’s net income and earnings per share amounts for the year ended
December 31, 2005 and 2004 would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated in the table
below:

Net income, as reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deduct total stock-based employee compensation expense determined

under fair-value-based method for all awards, net of tax . . . . . . . . .

Pro forma net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Earnings per share:(1)

Basic—as reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic—pro forma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted—as reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted—pro forma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted-average common shares
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1) Adjusted to reflect February 2007, 3 for 2 stock split, effected in the form of dividend

$

$

$

2005

2004

(Dollars in thousands)

16,825

$

11,152

(426)

(72)

16,399

$

11,080

2005

2004

$

1.72
1.68
1.65
1.61

1.35
1.34
1.28
1.27

9,782,645
10,195,858

8,277,597
8,713,851

(k) Statement of Cash Flows

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due

from banks, and federal funds sold.

81

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

(l) Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI)

Bank-owned life insurance policies are carried at their cash surrender value. Income from BOLI is

recognized when earned.

(m) Use of Estimates

Management of the Bank has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of

assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these financial
statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Actual results could differ from these estimates. The most significant estimate subject to change relates to
the allowance for loan and lease losses.

(n) Risk and Uncertainties

The Bank’s operations are located and concentrated primarily in Southern California and are likely to
remain so for the foreseeable future. At December 31, 2006, approximately 96% of the total dollar amount
of the Bank’s loans and commitments was related to collateral or borrowers located within California. The
performance of these loans may be affected by changes in California’s economic and business conditions.
Deterioration in economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on the quality of the Bank’s loan
portfolio and the demand for its products and services. In addition, during periods of economic slowdown or
a recession, the Bank may experience a decline in collateral values and an increase in delinquencies and
defaults. A decline in collateral values and an increase in delinquencies and defaults increase the
possibilities and severity of losses. California real estate is also subject to certain natural disasters, such as
earthquakes, fires, floods and mud slides, as well as civil unrest, which are typically not covered by the
standard hazard insurance policies maintained by the borrowers. Uninsured disasters may render borrowers
unable to repay loans made by the Bank and lower collateral values. The occurrence of adverse economic
conditions or natural disasters in California could have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s financial
condition, results of operations, and business prospects.

(o) Segment Reporting

Through our branch network, we provide a broad range of financial services to individuals and

companies located primarily in Southern California. Their services include demand, time and savings
deposits and real estate, business and consumer lending. While our chief decision makers monitor the
revenue streams of our various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance in
evaluated on a company-wide basis. Accordingly, we consider all of our operations are aggregated in one
reportable operating segment.

(2) Securities Available for sale

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2006 and 2005

are summarized as follows:

U.S. Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amortized
cost

$142,270
16,880
17,376
22,934

Total securities available-for-sale . . . . . . . . . .

$199,460

82

2006

Gross
unrealized
gains

Gross
unrealized
losses

(In thousands)

$ 28
125
8
22

$183

$(192)
(348)
(184)
(230)

$(954)

Estimated
fair value

$142,106
16,657
17,200
22,726

$198,689

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

U.S. Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2005

Gross
unrealized
gains

Gross
unrealized
losses

$

(In thousands)
1
226
11
51

$ (675)
(972)
(243)
(370)

Estimated
fair value

$ 85,239
36,463
16,002
25,231

Amortized
cost

$ 85,913
37,209
16,234
25,550

Total securities available-for-sale . . . . . . . . . .

$164,906

$289

$(2,260)

$162,935

Gross unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale and the fair value of the related securities,
aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous
unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:

Less than 12 months

12 months or greater

Total

Estimated
fair value

Unrealized
losses

Estimated
fair value

Unrealized
losses

Estimated
fair value

Unrealized
losses

(In thousands)

U.S. Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 96,823
8,311
4,955
9,467

$ (73)
(26)
(43)
(89)

$45,283
8,346
12,245
13,259

$

(90) $142,106
16,657
(197)
17,200
(134)
22,726
(119)

$ (163)
(223)
(177)
(208)

$119,556

$(231)

$79,133

$ (540) $198,689

$ (771)

2005

Less than 12 months

12 months or greater

Total

Estimated
fair value

Unrealized
losses

Estimated
fair value

Unrealized
losses

Estimated
fair value

Unrealized
losses

(In thousands)

U.S. Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 61,725
17,831
—
3,447

$(298)
(212)
—
—

$23,514
18,632
16,002
21,784

$ (377) $ 85,239
36,463
16,002
25,231

(760)
(243)
(370)

$ (675)
(972)
(243)
(370)

$ 83,003

$(510)

$79,932

$(1,750) $162,935

$(2,260)

The Bank’s investment portfolio is primarily comprised of U.S. Agency securities, corporate notes,
mortgage-backed securities, municipalities and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) preferred
stock which are included in other securities. Approximately $2,600,000 (or less than 1.3% of the total investment
portfolio) is invested in FHLMC preferred stock at December 31, 2006. Other securities also include $858,000 of
time deposits with other financial institution.

At December 31, 2006, there were 48 and 44 investment securities that were in an unrealized loss position

for less than 12 months and for 12 months or greater, respectively. Temporary impairments related to
U.S. Agency securities, corporate notes, mortgage-backed securities, and municipal securities are primarily
attributable to declining market prices caused by interest rate fluctuations. Unrealized losses on the FHLMC
preferred stock are due mainly to lower interest rate environments, market conditions, and near term prospects of
the issuer.

83

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

Whenever the cost of an investment security exceeds its fair value, management evaluates, among other

factors, general market conditions, the duration and extent to which cost is more than fair value, as well as
specific adverse conditions affecting the business outlook of the issuer. During 2005 and 2004, the Bank’s
FHLMC preferred stock has been in an unrealized loss position. Although the Bank has the ability and intent to
hold this investment until a market price recovery, management considered this investment to be other-than-
temporarily impaired during 2004. Accordingly, the cost basis of the FHLMC preferred stock was written down
by $296,000 to reflect its approximate fair value in 2004. In 2006, management considered whether this
investment is further other-than-temporarily impaired and believes that unrealized loss position is temporary in
nature and no further other-than-temporarily impairment on this investment as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities at December 31, 2006 and 2005, by contractual
maturity, are shown below. Mortgage-backed securities are classified in accordance with their estimated average
life. The average yield on mortgage-backed securities was 5.87% and 3.90% in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Expected maturities differ from contractual maturities mainly due to prepayment rates; changes in prepayment
rates will affect a security’s average life.

Cash proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale totaled $0, $0 and $5,094,000 in 2006, 2005, and

2004, respectively. Gross realized gains and losses on sales of securities available-for-sale totaled $0, and $0,
respectively, in 2006, $0 and $0 respectively, in 2005, $35,000 and $2,000 respectively, in 2004 based on the
specific-identification method. Investment securities having a fair value of approximately $157.8 million and
$100.7 million were pledged to secure governmental deposits, treasury tax and loan deposits, borrowing line
from the Federal Reserve Bank, and government deposits as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Due in one year or less . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due after one year through five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due after five years through ten years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due after ten years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$118,413
26,499
3,356
51,192

$118,271
26,568
3,353
50,497

Total securities available-for-sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$199,460

$198,689

2006

Amortized
cost

Estimated
fair value

(In thousands)

Due in one year or less . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due after one year through five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due after five years through ten years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due after ten years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2005

Amortized
cost

Estimated
fair value

(In thousands)

$ 83,511
19,703
9,405
52,287

$ 83,003
19,455
9,109
51,368

Total securities available-for-sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$164,906

$162,935

84

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

(3) Loans and Leases and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The loan and leases portfolio as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 is summarized as follows:

Real Estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trade Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installment/Consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2006

2005

(In thousands)

$438,280
201,385
271,021
86,067
45
185
334

$372,251
149,428
171,646
76,700
266
320
532

997,317

771,143

Less:

Allowance for loan and lease losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred loan and fees, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(10,236)
(1,759)

(8,939)
(1,537)

$985,322

$760,667

The majority of the Bank’s loans are to customers and businesses in the state of California and/or secured by

properties located primarily in the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area. All loans are made based on the same
credit standards regardless of where the customers and/or collateral properties are located.

The Bank had $1.1 million of nonaccrual loans and leases at December 31, 2006 compared to $0 at
December 31, 2005. These loans and leases had interest due, but not recognized, of approximately $41,000 and
$0 in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The Bank had $1.1 million and $800,000 of impaired loans and leases as of December 31, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the amount of impaired loans and leases for which there is a
specific allowance for loan and lease loss was $1.1 million and $800,000, respectively, with the amount of the
specific allowance for loan and lease loss of approximately $11,000 and $300,000, respectively. The average
recorded investment in impaired loans and leases for 2006 and 2005 was $1.2 million and $186,000, respectively.
Interest income recognized on such loans and leases during 2006 and 2005 was $73,000 and $41,000,
respectively.

At December 31, 2006, the Bank had no commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose loans are

nonperforming.

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses are summarized as follows:

Balance at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loans and leases charged off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2006

2005

2004

$ 8,939
1,960
(663)
—

(In thousands)
$6,724
2,110
(5)
110

$ 6,168
1,550
(1,103)
109

Balance at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$10,236

$8,939

$ 6,724

85

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

(4) Bank Furniture and Fixtures

As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, furniture and fixtures consists of the following:

Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,104
3,242

(In thousands)
$ 3,300
3,260

$ 2,376
3,144

2006

2005

2004

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4,346
(2,635)

6,560
(4,725)

5,520
(4,155)

$ 1,711

$ 1,835

$ 1,365

Depreciation and amortization expense was $568,000, $579,000 and $492,000 for the years ended

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

(5) Deposits

Time deposit accounts at December 31, 2006 mature as follows:

Year

2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maturities of
time deposits

(In thousands)
$704,417
6,746
1,094

$712,257

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, approximately $157,806,000 and $97,580,000, respectively, of the Bank’s
investment securities were pledged as collateral for certain public deposits. The amount of deposits from related
parties was $2,630,000, and $7,172,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The aggregate amount of
overdrafts that have been reclassified as loan balances was $24,000 and $282,000 at December 31, 2006 and
2005, respectively.

(6) Income Taxes

The income taxes expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was as follows:

Current:

Federal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$13,722
4,235

$ 9,448
3,268

$10,856
3,066

17,957

12,716

13,922

Deferred:

Federal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1,178)
(241)

(1,055)
(279)

(5,426)
(1,142)

2006

2005

2004

(In thousands)

(1,419)

(1,334)

(6,568)

$16,538

$11,382

$ 7,354

86

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, other assets include current income taxes receivable of $1,908,000 and

$895,000 respectively. The income tax expense (benefit) for the year ended December 31, 2006 include an
underpayment penalty in the amount of $115,000 assessed by the Internal Revenue Service and the State of
California Franchise Tax Board during the second quarter of 2006 for the 2004 tax year.

The components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 are

as follows:

Deferred tax assets:

2006

2005

(In thousands)

Allowance for loan lease losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other liabilities, mainly due to accrued bonuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bank furniture and fixtures, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 4,333
1,443
1,329
2,202
397
324
85

$3,805
1,108
1,155
1,759
294
829
—

Total deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10,113

8,950

Deferred tax liabilities:

Discount accretion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FHLB stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(336)
(233)

(569)

(118)
(157)

(275)

Net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 9,544

$8,675

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not

that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax
assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary
differences become deductible. Management considers the projected future taxable income and tax planning
strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future
taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more
likely than not the Bank will realize all benefits related to these deductible differences.

A reconciliation of the income tax provision and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal

income tax rate to income before income taxes is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004 (in thousands):

2006

2005

2004

Amount Percentage Amount Percentage Amount Percentage

Statutory U.S. federal income tax . . . . . . . $13,961
2,597
State taxes, net of federal benefit . . . . . . . .
(91)
Life insurance policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
71
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35.0% $ 9,872
1,884
6.8
(87)
(0.2)
(287)
(0.1)

35.0% $6,477
1,271
6.7
(90)
(0.3)
(304)
(1.0)

$16,538

41.5% $11,382

40.4% $7,354

35.0%
6.8
(0.5)
(1.6)

39.7%

87

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

(7) Federal Funds Purchased

There were no federal funds purchased at December 31, 2006 and 2005 respectively. At December 31, 2006,

the Bank had two federal funds borrowing lines in the amounts of $30,000,000 and $50,000,000 at two separate
banks.

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Agency securities sold under repurchase agreements were delivered to the

broker-dealers who arranged the transactions. The broker-dealers may have sold, loaned, or otherwise disposed
of such securities to other parties in the normal course of their operation and have agreed to resell to the Bank
identical securities at the maturities of the agreements. There were no outstanding amounts of these overnight
agreements as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. There were no securities underlying these agreements at
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. These overnight agreements averaged approximately $0, $0 and $41,000
during 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during 2006,
2005 and 2004 was $0, $0 and $0, respectively. The average rate for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005
and 2004 was 0%, 0% and 2.11%, respectively.

(8) Other Borrowed Funds

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (FHLBSF) were $20 million at

December 31, 2006 and 2005. The average rate on the fixed rate debt were 3.71% and 3.72% at December 31,
2006 and 2005, respectively. All advances are collateralized by investment securities or residential real estate
loans. At December 31, 2006, approximately $182,639,500 of the Bank’s real estate loans was pledged as
collateral. At December 31, 2006, the outstanding advances mature as follows:

Year

2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2006

(In thousands)
$12,000
8,000

$20,000

The Bank had approved short-term borrowings line available through the discount window at the Federal

Reserve Bank of San Francisco (FRBSF) in the mount of $17.5 million. We had no borrowing outstanding
through the discount window outstanding as of December 31, 2006.

(9) Commitments and Contingencies

The Bank is obligated under non-cancellable operating leases for the premises of its head office and regional

offices. As of December 31, 2006, the future total minimum lease payments for the Bank’s premises are as
follows:

Year

2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter

Total lease
payment

(In thousands)
$1,761
1,545
1,104
996
588
1,355

$7,349

88

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

Rental expense was $1,307,000, $1,235,000, and $1,036,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005

and 2004, respectively.

(10) Off-Balance-Sheet Risks

As a financial institution, the Bank enters into a variety of financial transactions with its customers in the

normal course of business. Many of these products do not necessarily entail present or future funded asset or
liability positions, instead the natures of these are considered in the form of executory contracts.

Financial instrument transactions are subject to the Bank’s normal credit standards, financial controls and
risk-limiting, and monitoring procedures. Collateral requirements are determined on a case-by-case evaluation of
each customer and product.

The Bank’s exposure to credit risk under commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and

financial guarantees written is limited to the contractual amount of those instruments.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Bank had commitments to fund loans of $512,376,000 and

$375,956,000, respectively. Other financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk at December 31, 2006 and
2005 are as follows:

Commitments to extend credit
Commercial letters of credit
Standby letters of credit

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$496,850
3,860
11,666

$356,570
11,023
8,363

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$512,376

$375,956

2006

2005

(In thousands)

The Bank’s exposure to credit losses in the event of non-performance by the other party to commitments to
extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments.
The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for
extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case
basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on
management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.

(11) Loans to Related Parties

The Bank has extended credit to certain directors and officers and companies in which they have an interest

and certain stockholders which beneficially own more than 5% of the Bank’s capital stock. In management’s
opinion, the loans to these related parties are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and
collateral, as those made to nonrelated persons.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the aggregate loans (including commitments) to related parties were
approximately $12.3 million (of which $734,000 was outstanding) and $15.7 million (of which $4.5 million was
outstanding), respectively. All related party loans were current at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

89

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

Changes in the outstanding loans are summarized as follows:

Balance at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net drawdowns (repayments) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2006

2005

2004

$ 4,457
—
(3,723)

(In thousands)
$3,060
750
647

$ 8,502
—
(5,442)

Balance at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

734

$4,457

$ 3,060

(12) Restrictions on Cash Dividends, Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Bank has authorized 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The Board has the authority to issue the
preferred stock in one or more series, and to fix the designations, rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications,
and restrictions, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights and terms of redemptions, liquidation
preferences, and sinking fund terms, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock.

Under Section 642 of the California Financial Code, funds available for cash dividend payments by a bank
are restricted to the lesser of: (i) retained earnings or (ii) the bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years (less
any distributions to stockholders made during such period). Cash dividends may also be paid out of the greatest
of: (i) retained earnings, (ii) net income for a bank’s last preceding fiscal year, or (iii) net income of the Bank for
its current fiscal year upon the prior approval of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions, State of California,
without regard to retained earnings or net income for its prior three fiscal years.

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.

Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory—and possibly additional
discretionary—actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct effect on the Bank’s financial
statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the
Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and
certain off-balance-sheet items, as calculated under regulatory accounting policies. The Bank’s capital amounts
and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings,
and other factors.

The quantitative measures established by the regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to
maintain amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 risk-based capital (as defined in the
regulation) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 risk-based capital (as defined) to average assets
(as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2006, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy
requirements to which it is subject.

As of December 31, 2005, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as “well

capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since
that notification that management believes changed the institution’s category.

90

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

The Bank’s actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:

Actual

For capital adequacy
purposes

To be well capitalized under
prompt corrective action
provision

Amount

Rate

Amount

Rate

Amount

Rate

(In thousands)

As of December 31, 2006:

Total risk-based capital
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Tier I risk-based capital . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leverage ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$156,656
146,350
146,350

As of December 31, 2005:

Total risk-based capital
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Tier I risk-based capital . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leverage ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$133,842
124,793
124,793

(13) Share-Based Compensation

12.33% $101,634 ≥8.00% $127,042
76,225
11.52%
63,521
11.50%

50,817
50,817

4.00
4.00

13.51% $ 79,282 ≥8.00% $ 99,102
59,461
12.59%
49,551
11.63%

39,641
39,641

4.00
4.00

≥10.00%
6.00
5.00

≥10.00%
6.00
5.00

The Bank remunerates employees and directors through stock option compensation plans; the 1992 Stock
Option Plan, Interim Stock Option Plan and the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan which are discussed below. Effective
January 1, 2006, the Bank adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.123 (revised 2004), “Share-
Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), using the modified prospective transition method and therefore has not restated
results from prior periods. Under this transition method share-based compensation expense for 2006 includes
compensation expense for all share-based compensation awards granted prior to January 1, 2006, but not yet
vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original
provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.123, “Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation.” Share-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted or modified on
or after January 1, 2006 is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of
SFAS No. 123R. The Bank recognizes these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite
services period of the award, which is the option vesting term of the generally five years, for only those shares
expected to vest. The fair value of stock option awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model with the grant-date assumptions and weighted-average fair value.

The number of stock options and per stock option data has been adjusted to reflect the Bank’s February 20,

2007 three-for-two stock split effected in the form of a dividend.

1992 Stock Option Plan and Interim Stock Option Plan

The Bank’s 1992 Stock Option Plan (the “1992 Plan”) provides for granting of nonstatutory stock options
and incentive stock options to key full-time employees, officers, and the directors of the Bank. The number of
shares authorized in this plan is 1,447,920 shares. The 1992 Stock Option Plan expired by its terms in 2003, and
no shares are available for future grants. The options vest in installments of 20% each year and become fully
vested after five years. Options under the 1992 Plan expire ten years after the grant date.

Because the 1992 Plan expired in 2003, the Bank did not issue any options under this Plan during 2006 and

2005.

In May 2003, April 2004 and June 2004, we granted an additional 81,000, 48,000 and 150,000 stock
options, respectively, to our employees and directors at exercise prices ranging from $10.69 to $19.04 per share

91

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

under the Bank’s Interim Stock Option Plan (“Interim Plan”). Even though the terms of these stock options are
consistent with the terms of the stock options granted under our 1992 Plan, these stock options are outside of the
1992 Plan because they were granted after the 1992 Plan’s expiration.

The total intrinsic value of share options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was
$5,834,000 and $4,490,000 respectively from the 1992 Plan and the Interim Plan. As of December 31, 2006, the
total compensation cost not yet recognized that relates to unvested options granted under the 1992 Plan and
Interim Plan was $139,000 with a weighted-average recognition period of 1.7 years.

For the years ended December 31, 2004, the estimated weighted-average fair value per share of options

granted under the 1992 Plan and the Interim Plan were as follows:

December 31, 2004

$1.47

The estimated weighted-average fair value per share of options granted was estimated on the date of grant

using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

Weighted Average Assumptions: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividend Yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected Volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-Free Interest Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,
2004

2.00%
0.00%
5.0Yrs
3.82%

Expected volatility used in the calculation for 2004 was 0% due to the lack of trading volume in Preferred
Bank stock. The expected term of the options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to
be outstanding based primarily on the historical exercise behavior associated with previous option grants. The
risk-free interest rate is based on the 5 year U.S. Treasury CMT at the time of grant for a period equal to the
expected term of the options granted.

The following information under the 1992 Plan and the Interim Plan is presented for the years ended

December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

Grant Date Fair Value of Options Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair Value of Options Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Intrinsic Value of Options Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash Received From Options Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actual Tax Benefit Realized from Options Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
162
5,834
1,924
506

—
106
4,490
1,510
6

291
39
2,847
923
206

December 31,

2006

2005

2004

92

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

The following is a summary of the transactions under the 1992 Plan and the Interim Plan for the years ended

December 31, 2006:

Options Outstanding at December 31, 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options Outstanding at December 31, 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options Outstanding at December 31, 2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1992 Plan and Interim Plan

Number of
Option

871,950
198,000
(148,800)
(17,250)

903,900
—

(228,150)
(7,350)

668,400
—

(225,450)
(2,400)

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

$ 8.12
19.01
6.20
11.94

10.75
27.91
6.64
17.57

12.07
—
8.53
12.25

Options Outstanding at December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

440,550

$13.89

As of December 31, 2006, stock options outstanding under the 1992 Plan and the Interim Plan were as

follows:

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Exercise Price Range

Number of
Outstanding
Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

$5.00-$9.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$10.00-$14.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$15.00-$19.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

93,000
136,800
210,750

$ 7.57
$10.69
$18.74

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

1.81
6.30
7.17

Number of
Exercisable
Options

93,000
77,700
89,850

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$ 7.57
$10.69
$18.54

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

1.81
6.29
5.80

2004 Equity Incentive Plan

The Bank’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”) provides for granting of nonstatutory stock
options and incentive stock options to key full-time employees, officers, and the directors of the Bank. Stock
options granted under the Plan have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying common
stock on the date of grant. Stock options granted under the 2004 Plan generally vest in installments of 20% each
year and become fully vested after five years and expire ten years from the date of grant. Certain option and
share awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the Plan). The number
of shares authorized in this plan is 1,800,000 shares.

The total intrinsic value of share options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was

$124,000 and $0, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, the total compensation cost not yet recognized that
relates to unvested options granted under the 2004 Plan was $2,182,000 with a weighted-average recognition
period of 3.1 years.

93

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the estimated weighted-average fair value per share

of options granted under the 2004 Plan were as follows:

2006

$7.87

December 31,

2005

$8.05

2004

$6.80

The estimated weighted-average fair value per share of options granted was estimated on the date of

grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

December 31,

2006

2005

2004

Weighted Average Assumptions:
Dividend Yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected Volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-Free Interest Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.00%
2.00%
1.89%
26.58% 27.00% 27.00%
6.50Yrs
6.5Yrs
4.25Yrs
3.52%
4.46%
4.70%

Expected volatility is determined based on the historical daily volatility of a peer group of similar banks due

to the short period that the bank’s stock has been publicly traded over a period equal to the expected term of the
options granted. The expected term of the options represents the period of time that options granted are expected
to be outstanding based primarily on the historical exercise behavior associated with previous option grants. The
risk-free interest rate is based on the 5 year U.S. Treasury CMT at the time of grant for a period equal to the
expected term of the options granted.

The following information under the 2004 Plan is presented for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005

and 2004:

Grant Date Fair Value of Options Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair Value of Options Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Intrinsic Value of Options Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash Received From Options Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actual Tax Benefit Realized from Options Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

561
1,193
124
291
4

3,942 —
637 —
—
—
—
—
—
—

December 31,

2006

2005

2004

94

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

The following is a summary of the transactions under the 2004 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2006,

2005 and 2004.

2004 Plan

Number of
Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Options Outstanding at December 31, 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
—
—
—

Options Outstanding at December 31, 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options Outstanding at December 31, 2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
489,750
—
(10,500)

479,250
71,250
(11,400)
(15,150)

$ —
—
—
—

—
25.39
—
25.33

25.39
34.44
25.54
27.13

Options Outstanding at December 31, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

523,950

$26.37

As of December 31, 2006, stock options outstanding under the 2004 Plan were as follows:

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Exercise Price Range

Number of
Outstanding
Options

$25.00 – $ 29.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$30.00 – $ 34.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$35.00 – $ 39.99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

452,700
56,250
15,000

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$25.37
$31.92
$35.91

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

7.90
9.15
9.55

Number of
Exercisable
Options

175,200
—
—

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$25.35
$31.92
$35.91

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

7.89
—
—

(14) Employee Benefit Plan

Effective January 1, 1994, the Bank began a 401k profit sharing plan for its eligible employees. Under the

plan, the Bank matches 50% of a participant’s contributions up to 6% of his/her salary subject to federal
limitations on maximum contributions. Contributions made by the Bank for the years ended December 31, 2006,
2005 and 2004 totaled $138,000, $129,000 and $106,000 respectively.

(15) Bonus Plan

In April 1994, the Management Incentive Bonus Plan was approved. The plan is administered by the

Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the Committee). The Committee determines which
employees may participate in the plan, the total amount of bonus payable to our employees each year, the amount
of bonus to be carried over and paid in subsequent years and the allocation of the total amounts among our
chairman, officers, and other employees. All awards are contingent upon the Bank attaining certain financial
objectives. Total expense of the plan recorded by the Bank was approximately $6,610,000, $5,335,000 and
$4,626,000 for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the total bonus accrual

95

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

included in the other liabilities amounted to $9,262,000 and $7,293,000 respectively. The amounts accrued are
paid out within a three-year period subsequent to the year the bonus was granted. There is no vesting requirement
to receive the bonus; however, employees must be employed with the Bank at the time the bonus is distributed.

(16) Deferred Compensation Arrangements

In 1996, the Bank implemented deferred compensation arrangements for the Bank’s senior officers and
directors. Pursuant to the Plan, each participant receives benefits for his/her deferred compensation upon his/her
retirement or termination of service with the Bank prior to retirement. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, liabilities
recorded for deferred compensation plan totaled approximately $5,240,000 and $4,185,000, respectively.

In order to economically fund its obligation under the deferred compensation arrangements, the Bank
purchased a single-premium life insurance policy under which the executive officers and directors are the
insured, while the Bank is the owner and beneficiary thereof. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the cash surrender
value of the policies totaled $7,759,000 and $7,637,000, respectively. During 2006 and 2005, the income on the
insurance policies was $334,000 and $312,000, respectively.

(17) Litigation

From time to time, the Bank is a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of

business. There are no pending legal proceedings or, to the best of management’s knowledge, threatened legal
proceedings, to which the Bank is a party which may have a material adverse effect upon the Bank’s financial
condition, results of operations, or business prospects.

(18) Stockholders’ Equity

On January 25, 2007 Preferred Bank announced that its Board of Directors had declared a 3-for-2 stock split

to be paid in the form of dividend. Each stockholder of record at the close of business on February 5, 2007
received one additional share of common stock for every two shares of common stock that they owned as of such
date. The additional shares were distributed on February 20, 2007. A stockholder who would otherwise be
entitled to receive a fractional share of common stock will receive in lieu thereof, cash in a proportional amount
based on the closing price of the common stock on the Nasdaq Stock Exchange on the record date. After giving
effect to the stock split, we have retroactively adjusted the number of common shares outstanding at
December 31, 2006 and 2005 to 10,274,632 and 10,037,782, respectively. Accordingly, all references in the
accompanying statements of financial condition, income and comprehensive income, statement of changes in
shareholders’ equity, and footnotes to the number of common shares and earnings per share amounts have been
retroactively adjusted for all period presented.

96

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

(19) Earnings per Share

The following table summarizes the basic and diluted earnings per share calculations for the periods

indicated:

2006

2005

2004

Net Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weighted Avg Basic Shares(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect of Dilutive Securities:

$

(In thousands, except per share data)
23,351
10,194,515

16,825
9,782,645

11,152
8,277,597

$

$

Dilutive Stock Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

361,767

413,313

436,254

Weighted Average Diluted Shares(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10,556,282

10,195,958

8,713,851

Earnings per share:(1)

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

2.29
2.21

$
$

1.72
1.65

$
$

1.35
1.28

(1) Adjusted to reflect February 2007, 3 for 2 stock split, effected in the form of dividend

(20) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following tables summarize the quarterly unaudited financial data for 2006 and 2005:

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Year Ended December 31, 2006

Three months ended

Mach 31

June 30

September 30 December 31

(in thousands, except per share data)

Interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$19,274
6,037

$21,417
7,152

$23,654
8,432

Interest Income before provision for credit losses . . . . . . . .
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noninterest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13,237
560
798
4,825
3,530

14,265
350
809
5,017
4,187

15,222
350
724
5,127
4,390

$25,877
9,803

16,074
700
736
5,045
4,431

Net Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5,119

$ 5,520

$ 6,078

$ 6,634

Earnings per share(1)

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

0.51
0.49

$
$

0.54
0.52

$
$

0.59
0.57

$ 0.65
$ 0.62

(1) Adjusted to reflect February 2007, 3 for 2 stock split, effected in the form of dividend.

97

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2005

Three months ended

Mach 31

June 30

September 30 December 31

(in thousands, except per share data)

Interest Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$12,487
2,810

$14,007
3,512

$15,863
4,500

Interest Income before provision for credit losses . . . . . . . .
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noninterest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noninterest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9,677
510
961
4,264
2,333

10,495
570
1,034
4,250
2,717

11,363
580
956
4,397
2,974

$17,807
5,241

12,566
450
918
4,742
3,358

Net Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3,531

$ 3,992

$ 4,368

$ 4,934

Earnings per share(1)

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

0.39
0.37

$
$

0.40
0.39

$
$

0.44
0.42

$ 0.49
$ 0.47

(1) Adjusted to reflect February 2007, 3 for 2 stock split, effected in the form of dividend.

(21) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (SFAS No. 107), requires that an

entity disclose the fair value of all financial instruments, as defined, regardless of whether recognized in the
financial statements of the reporting entity. For purposes of determining fair value, SFAS No. 107 provides that
the fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current
transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial

instruments.

(a) Cash Due from Banks, Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements

For cash and short-term instruments whose original or purchased maturity is less than 90 days, the

carrying amount was assumed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.

(b) Securities available-for-sale

For securities available-for-sale, fair values were based on quoted market prices obtained from market
quotes. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated using quoted market prices for
similar securities.

(c) Loans

Fair values were estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Each loan

category was further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by performing and
nonperforming categories.

The fair value of performing loans was calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the
estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent
in the loan.

98

PREFERRED BANK

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

Fair value for nonperforming real estate loans was based on recent external appraisals of the underlying

collateral of the loan. If appraisals were not available, estimated cash flows were discounted using a rate
commensurate with the risk associated with the estimated cash flows. Assumptions regarding credit risk,
cash flows, and discount rates were judgmentally determined using available market information and
specific borrower information.

(d) Accrued Interest Receivable and Accrued Interest Payable

The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximate its fair

value due to their short-term nature.

(e) Deposits

The fair value of demand deposits, saving accounts, and certain money market deposits was assumed to

be the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of
deposit was estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits with similar remaining maturities.

(f) FHLB Borrowings

The fair value of FHLB borrowings was based on rates currently offered for borrowings with similar

remaining maturities.

(g) Commitment to Extend Credit and Letters of Credit

The majority of our commitments to extend credit carry market interest rates if converted to loans.
Because these commitments are generally unassignable by either the borrower or us, they only have value to
the borrower and us. The estimated fair value is not material. The fair value of letters of credit was based on
fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle
the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.

December 31, 2006

December 31, 2005

Carrying
amount

Estimated
fair value

Carrying
amount

Estimated
fair value

(In thousands)

Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Securities available-for-sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loans, net of allowance and net deferred loan fees . . . . . . . . .
Accrued interest receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$130,578
198,689
985,322
8,633

130,578
198,689
984,842
8,633

$183,423
162,935
760,667
5,684

$183,423
162,935
759,554
5,684

Liabilities:

Demand deposits and savings:

Non-interest bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest-bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FHLB borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commitments to extend credit and letters of credit . . . . . . . . .
Accrued interest payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$224,982
224,105
712,257
20,000
—
5,272

224,982
224,105
719,878
20,000
233
5,272

$211,942
154,552
560,539
20,000
—
2,584

$211,942
154,552
561,625
19,417
106
2,584

The fair value estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering the

instruments for sale. Potential taxes and other expenses that would be incurred in an actual sale or settlement are
not reflected in amounts disclosed. The fair value estimates are dependent upon subjective estimates of market
conditions and perceived risks of financial instruments at a point in time and involve significant uncertainties
resulting in variability in estimates with changes in assumptions.

99

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: March 29, 2007

PREFERRED BANK
(Registrant)

By

/S/ LI YU
Li Yu
Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by

the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/S/ LI YU
Li Yu

/S/ EDWARD J. CZAJKA

Edward J. Czajka

Chairman of the Board,
President, Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting
officer)

March 29, 2007

March 29, 2007

/S/

J. RICHARD BELLISTON
J. Richard Belliston

Director

March 29, 2007

/S/ WILLIAM C.Y. CHENG

Director

March 29, 2007

William C.Y. Cheng

/S/ CLARK HSU

Clark Hsu

/S/ FRANK T. LIN

Frank T. Lin

Director

Director

March 29, 2007

March 29, 2007

/S/ GARY S. NUNNELLY

Director

March 29, 2007

Gary S. Nunnelly

Chih-Wei Wu

/S/ ALBERT YU
Albert Yu, Ph.D.

Ambassador Jason G. Yuan

Director

Director

Director

100

March 29, 2007

March 29, 2007

March 29, 2007